wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 106 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 107 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 108 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 109 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 110 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 111 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 112 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 113 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 114 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 115 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 116 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 117 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 118 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 119 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 120 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 121 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 122 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 123 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 124 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 125 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 126 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 127 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 128 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 129 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 130 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 131 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 132 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 133 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 134 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 135 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 136 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 137 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 138 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 139 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 140 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 141 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 142 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 143 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 144 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 145 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 146 OK = _core_.OK
 147 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 148 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 149 YES = _core_.YES
 150 NO = _core_.NO
 151 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 152 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 153 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 154 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 155 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 156 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 157 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 158 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 159 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 160 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 161 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 162 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 163 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 164 RESET = _core_.RESET
 165 HELP = _core_.HELP
 166 MORE = _core_.MORE
 167 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 168 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 169 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 170 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 171 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 172 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 173 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 174 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 175 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 180 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 181 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 182 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 183 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 184 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 185 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 186 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 187 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 188 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 189 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 190 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 191 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 192 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 193 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 194 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 195 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 196 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 197 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 198 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 199 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 200 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 201 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 202 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 203 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 204 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 205 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 206 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 207 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 208 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 209 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 210 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 211 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 212 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 213 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 214 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 215 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 216 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 217 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 223 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 224 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 225 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 226 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 227 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 228 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 229 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 230 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 231 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 232 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 233 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 234 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 235 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 236 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 237 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 238 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 239 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 240 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 241 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 242 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 243 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 244 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 245 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 246 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 247 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 248 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 249 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 250 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 251 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 252 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 253 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 254 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 255 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 256 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 257 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 258 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 259 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 260 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 264 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 265 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 266 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 267 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 268 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 269 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 270 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 271 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 272 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 273 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 274 OPEN = _core_.OPEN
 275 SAVE = _core_.SAVE
 276 HIDE_READONLY = _core_.HIDE_READONLY
 277 OVERWRITE_PROMPT = _core_.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 278 FILE_MUST_EXIST = _core_.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 279 MULTIPLE = _core_.MULTIPLE
 280 CHANGE_DIR = _core_.CHANGE_DIR
 281 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 282 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 283 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 284 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 285 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 286 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 287 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 288 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 289 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 290 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 291 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 292 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 293 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON = _core_.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 294 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE = _core_.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 295 DD_CHANGE_DIR = _core_.DD_CHANGE_DIR
 296 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 297 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 298 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 299 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 300 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 301 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 302 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 303 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 304 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 305 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 306 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 307 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 308 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 309 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 310 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 311 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 312 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 313 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 314 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 315 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 316 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 317 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 318 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 319 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 320 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 321 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 322 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 323 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 324 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 325 UP = _core_.UP
 326 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 327 TOP = _core_.TOP
 328 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 329 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 330 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 331 WEST = _core_.WEST
 332 EAST = _core_.EAST
 333 ALL = _core_.ALL
 334 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 335 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 336 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 337 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 338 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 339 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 340 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 341 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 342 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 343 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 344 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 345 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 346 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 347 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 348 GROW = _core_.GROW
 349 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 350 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 351 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 352 TILE = _core_.TILE
 353 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 354 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 355 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 356 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 357 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 358 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 359 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 360 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 361 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 362 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 363 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 364 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 365 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 366 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 367 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 368 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 369 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 370 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 371 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 372 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 373 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 374 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 375 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 376 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 377 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 378 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 379 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 380 DOT = _core_.DOT
 381 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 382 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 383 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 384 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 385 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 386 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 387 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 388 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 389 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 390 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 391 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 392 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 393 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 394 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 395 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 396 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 397 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 398 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 399 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 400 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 401 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 402 XOR = _core_.XOR
 403 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 404 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 405 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 406 COPY = _core_.COPY
 407 AND = _core_.AND
 408 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 409 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 410 NOR = _core_.NOR
 411 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 412 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 413 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 414 NAND = _core_.NAND
 415 OR = _core_.OR
 416 SET = _core_.SET
 417 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 418 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 419 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 420 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 421 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 422 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 423 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 424 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 425 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 426 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 427 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 428 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 429 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 430 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 431 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 432 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 433 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 434 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 435 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 436 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 437 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 438 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 439 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 440 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 441 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 442 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 443 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 444 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 445 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 446 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 447 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 448 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 449 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 450 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 451 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 452 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 453 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 454 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 455 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 456 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 457 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 458 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 459 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 460 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 461 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 462 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 463 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 464 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 465 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 466 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 467 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 468 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 469 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 470 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 471 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 472 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 473 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 474 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 475 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 476 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 477 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 478 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 479 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 480 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 481 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 482 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 483 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 484 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 485 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 486 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 487 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 488 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 489 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 490 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 491 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 492 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 510 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 511 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 512 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 513 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 514 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 515 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 516 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 517 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 518 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 519 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 520 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 521 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 522 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 523 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 524 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 525 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 526 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 527 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 528 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 529 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 530 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 531 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 532 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 533 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 534 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 535 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 536 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 537 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 538 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 539 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 540 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 541 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 542 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 543 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 544 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 545 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 546 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 547 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 548 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 549 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 550 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 551 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 552 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 553 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 554 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 555 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 556 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 557 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 558 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 559 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 560 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 561 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 562 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 563 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 564 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 565 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 566 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 567 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 568 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 569 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 570 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 571 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 572 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 573 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 574 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 575 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 576 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 577 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 578 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 579 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 580 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 581 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 582 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 583 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 584 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 585 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 586 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 587 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 588 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 589 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 590 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 591 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 592 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 593 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 594 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 595 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 596 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 597 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 598 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 599 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 600 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 601 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 602 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 603 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 604 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 605 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 606 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 607 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 608 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 609 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 610 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 611 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 612 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 613 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 614 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 615 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 616 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 617 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 621 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 623 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 624 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 626 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 627 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 628 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 629 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 630 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 631 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 632 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 633 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 634 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 636 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 637 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 638 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 639 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 640 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 641 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 642 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 643 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 644 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 645 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 646 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 647 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 648 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 651 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 652 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 653 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 654 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 655 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 656 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 657 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 658 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 659 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 660 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 661 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 662 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 663 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 664 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 665 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 666 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 667 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 668 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 669 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 670 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 671 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 672 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 673 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 674 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 675 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 676 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 677 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 678 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 679 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 680 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 681 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 682 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 683 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 684 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 685 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 686 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 687 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 688 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 689 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 690 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 691 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 692 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 693 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 694 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 695 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 696 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 697 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 698
 699 class Object(object):
 700     """
 701     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 702     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 703     """
 704     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 705     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 706     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 707     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 708         """
 709         GetClassName(self) -> String
 710
 711         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 712         """
 713         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 714
 715     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 716         """
 717         Destroy(self)
 718
 719         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 720         """
 721         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 722         args[0].thisown = 0
 723         return val
 724
 725 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 726 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 727 cvar = _core_.cvar
 728 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 729
 730 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 731
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 750 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 751 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 752 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 753 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 754 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 755 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 756 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 757 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 758 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 759 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 760 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 761 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 762 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 763 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 764 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 765 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 766 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 767 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 768 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 769 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 770 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 771 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 772 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 773 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 774 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 775 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 776 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 777 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 778 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 779 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 780 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 781 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 782 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 783 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 784
 785 class Size(object):
 786     """
 787     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 788     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 789     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 790     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 791     """
 792     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 793     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 794     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 795     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 796     x = width; y = height
 797     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 798         """
 799         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 800
 801         Creates a size object.
 802         """
 803         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 804     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 805     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 806     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 807         """
 808         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 809
 810         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 811         """
 812         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 813
 814     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 815         """
 816         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 817
 818         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 819         """
 820         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 821
 822     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 823         """
 824         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 825
 826         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 827         """
 828         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 829
 830     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 831         """
 832         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 833
 834         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 835         """
 836         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 837
 838     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 839         """
 840         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 841
 842         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 843         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 844         """
 845         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 846
 847     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 848         """
 849         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 850
 851         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 852         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 853         """
 854         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 855
 856     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 857         """
 858         Set(self, int w, int h)
 859
 860         Set both width and height.
 861         """
 862         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 863
 864     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 865         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 866         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 867
 868     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 869         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 870         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 871
 872     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 873         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 874         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 875
 876     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 877         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 878         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 879
 880     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 881         """
 882         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 883
 884         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 885         """
 886         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 887
 888     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 889         """
 890         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 891
 892         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 893         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 894         """
 895         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 896
 897     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 898         """
 899         Get() -> (width,height)
 900
 901         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 902         """
 903         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 904
 905     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 906     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 907     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 908     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 909     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 910     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 911         if index == 0: self.width = val
 912         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 913         else: raise IndexError
 914     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 915     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 916     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 917
 918 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 919
 920 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 921
 922 class RealPoint(object):
 923     """
 924     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 925     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 926     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 927     """
 928     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 929     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 930     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 931     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 932     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 933         """
 934         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 935
 936         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 937         """
 938         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 939     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 940     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 941     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 942         """
 943         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 944
 945         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 946         """
 947         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 948
 949     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 950         """
 951         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 952
 953         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 954         """
 955         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 956
 957     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 958         """
 959         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 960
 961         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 962         """
 963         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 964
 965     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 966         """
 967         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 968
 969         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 970         """
 971         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 972
 973     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 974         """
 975         Set(self, double x, double y)
 976
 977         Set both the x and y properties
 978         """
 979         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 980
 981     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 982         """
 983         Get() -> (x,y)
 984
 985         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 986         """
 987         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 988
 989     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 990     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 991     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 992     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 993     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 994     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 995         if index == 0: self.x = val
 996         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 997         else: raise IndexError
 998     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 999     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1000     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1001
1002 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1003
1004 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1005
1006 class Point(object):
1007     """
1008     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1009     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1010     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1011     """
1012     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1013     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1014     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1015     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1016     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1017         """
1018         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1019
1020         Create a wx.Point object
1021         """
1022         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1023     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1024     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1025     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1026         """
1027         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1028
1029         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1030         """
1031         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1032
1033     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1034         """
1035         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1036
1037         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1038         """
1039         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1040
1041     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1042         """
1043         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1044
1045         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1046         """
1047         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1048
1049     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1050         """
1051         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1052
1053         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1054         """
1055         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1056
1057     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1058         """
1059         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1060
1061         Add pt to this object.
1062         """
1063         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1064
1065     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1066         """
1067         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1068
1069         Subtract pt from this object.
1070         """
1071         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1072
1073     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1074         """
1075         Set(self, long x, long y)
1076
1077         Set both the x and y properties
1078         """
1079         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1080
1081     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1082         """
1083         Get() -> (x,y)
1084
1085         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1086         """
1087         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1088
1089     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1090     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1091     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1092     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1093     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1094     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1095         if index == 0: self.x = val
1096         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1097         else: raise IndexError
1098     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1099     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1100     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1101
1102 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1103
1104 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1105
1106 class Rect(object):
1107     """
1108     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1109     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1110     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1111     """
1112     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1113     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1114     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1115         """
1116         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1117
1118         Create a new Rect object.
1119         """
1120         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1121     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1122     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1123     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1124         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1125         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1126
1127     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1128         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1129         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1130
1131     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1132         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1133         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1134
1135     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1136         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1137         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1140         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1141         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1144         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1145         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1148         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1149         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1152         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1153         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1156         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1157         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1160         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1161         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1164         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1165         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1168         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1169         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1172         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1173         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1176         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1177         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1180         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1181         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1184         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1185         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1188         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1189         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1192         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1193         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1196         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1197         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1200         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1201         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1204         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1205         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1208         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1209         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1212         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1213         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1216         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1217         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1220         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1221         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1222
1223     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1224     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1225     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1226     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1227     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1228     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1229
1230     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1231         """
1232         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1233
1234         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1235
1236         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1237         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1238         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1239         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1240         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1241         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1242         direction.
1243
1244         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1245         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1246         first::
1247
1248             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1249             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1250
1251
1252         """
1253         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1254
1255     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1256         """
1257         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1258
1259         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1260         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1261         `Inflate` for a full description.
1262         """
1263         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1264
1265     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1266         """
1267         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1268
1269         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1270         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1271         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1272         """
1273         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1274
1275     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1276         """
1277         Offset(self, Point pt)
1278
1279         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1280         """
1281         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1282
1283     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1284         """
1285         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1286
1287         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1288         """
1289         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1290
1291     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1292         """
1293         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1294
1295         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1296         """
1297         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1298
1299     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1300         """
1301         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1302
1303         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1304         """
1305         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1306
1307     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1308         """
1309         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1310
1311         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1312         """
1313         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1314
1315     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1316         """
1317         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1318
1319         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1320         """
1321         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1322
1323     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1324         """
1325         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1326
1327         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1328         """
1329         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1330
1331     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1332         """
1333         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1334
1335         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1336         """
1337         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1338
1339     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1340         """
1341         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1342
1343         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1344         """
1345         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1346
1347     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1348         """
1349         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1350
1351         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1352         """
1353         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1354
1355     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1356         """
1357         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1358
1359         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1360         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1361         """
1362         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1363
1364     CentreIn = CenterIn
1365     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1366     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1367     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1368     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1369     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1370         """
1371         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1372
1373         Set all rectangle properties.
1374         """
1375         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1376
1377     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1378         """
1379         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1380
1381         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1382         """
1383         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1384
1385     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1386     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1387     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1388     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1389     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1390     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1391         if index == 0: self.x = val
1392         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1393         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1394         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1395         else: raise IndexError
1396     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1397     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1398     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1399
1400 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1401
1402 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1403     """
1404     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1405
1406     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1407     """
1408     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1409     return val
1410
1411 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1412     """
1413     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1414
1415     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1416     """
1417     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1418     return val
1419
1420 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1421     """
1422     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1423
1424     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1425     """
1426     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1427     return val
1428
1429
1430 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1431   """
1432     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1433
1434     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1435     """
1436   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1437 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1438
1439 class Point2D(object):
1440     """
1441     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1442     with floating point values.
1443     """
1444     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1445     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1446     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1447         """
1448         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1449
1450         Create a w.Point2D object.
1451         """
1452         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1453     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1454         """
1455         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1456
1457         Convert to integer
1458         """
1459         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1460
1461     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1462         """
1463         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1464
1465         Convert to integer
1466         """
1467         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1468
1469     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1470         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1471         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1472
1473     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1474         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1475         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1476
1477     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1478         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1479         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1480
1481     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1482         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1483         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1484
1485     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1486         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1487         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1488     def Normalize(self):
1489         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1490
1491     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1492         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1493         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1494
1495     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1496         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1497         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1498
1499     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1500         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1501         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1502
1503     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1504         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1505         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1506
1507     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1508         """
1509         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1510
1511         the reflection of this point
1512         """
1513         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1514
1515     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1516         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1517         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1518
1519     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1520         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1521         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1522
1523     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1524         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1525         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1526
1527     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1528         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1529         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1530
1531     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1532         """
1533         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1534
1535         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1536         """
1537         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1538
1539     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1540         """
1541         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1542
1543         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1544         """
1545         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1546
1547     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1548     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1549     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1550         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1551         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1552
1553     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1554         """
1555         Get() -> (x,y)
1556
1557         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1558         """
1559         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1560
1561     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1562     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1563     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1564     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1565     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1566     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1567         if index == 0: self.x = val
1568         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1569         else: raise IndexError
1570     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1571     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1572     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1573
1574 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1575
1576 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1577     """
1578     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1579
1580     Create a w.Point2D object.
1581     """
1582     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1583     return val
1584
1585 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1586     """
1587     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1588
1589     Create a w.Point2D object.
1590     """
1591     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1592     return val
1593
1594 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1595
1596 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1597 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1598 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1599 class InputStream(object):
1600     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1601     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1602     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1603     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1604         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1605         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1606     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1607     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1608     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1609         """close(self)"""
1610         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1611
1612     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1613         """flush(self)"""
1614         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1615
1616     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1617         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1618         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1619
1620     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1621         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1622         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1623
1624     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1625         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1626         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1627
1628     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1629         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1630         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1631
1632     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1633         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1634         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1635
1636     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1637         """tell(self) -> int"""
1638         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1639
1640     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1641         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1642         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1643
1644     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1645         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1646         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1647
1648     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1649         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1650         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1651
1652     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1653         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1654         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1655
1656     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1657         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1658         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1659
1660     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1661         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1662         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1663
1664     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1665         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1666         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1667
1668     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1669         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1670         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1671
1672 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1673 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1674 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1675
1676 class OutputStream(object):
1677     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1678     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1679     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1680     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1681     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1682         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1683         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1684
1685     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1686         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1687         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1688
1689 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1690
1691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1692
1693 class FSFile(Object):
1694     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1696     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1697     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1698         """
1699         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1700             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1701         """
1702         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1703         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1704
1705     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1706     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1707     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1708         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1709         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1712         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1713         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1716         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1717         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1718
1719     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1720         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1721         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1722
1723     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1724         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1725         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1726
1727 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1728
1729 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1730     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1731     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1732     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1733     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1734     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1735     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1736 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1737
1738 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1739     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1740     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1741     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1742     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1743         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1744         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1745         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1746
1747     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1748         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1749         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1752         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1753         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1756         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1757         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1758
1759     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1760         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1761         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1762
1763     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1764         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1765         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1766
1767     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1768         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1769         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1770
1771     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1772         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1773         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1774
1775     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1776         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1777         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1778
1779     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1780         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1781         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1782
1783     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1784         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1785         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1786
1787 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1788
1789 class FileSystem(Object):
1790     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1791     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1792     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1793     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1794         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1795         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1796     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1797     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1798     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1799         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1800         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1801
1802     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1803         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1804         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1805
1806     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1807         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1808         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1809
1810     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1811         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1812         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1813
1814     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1815         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1816         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1817
1818     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1819         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1820         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1821
1822     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1823     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1828     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1829         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1830         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1831
1832     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1833     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1834         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1835         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1836
1837     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1838 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1839
1840 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1841   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1842   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1845   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1846   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1847
1848 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1849   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1850   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1853   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1854   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1857     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1858     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1859     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1860     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1861         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1862         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1863     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1864         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1865         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1866
1867     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1868         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1869         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1870
1871 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1872
1873 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1874     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1875     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1876     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1877     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1878         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1879         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1880     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1881         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1882         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1883
1884     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1885         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1886         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1887
1888     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1889         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1890         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1891
1892     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1893         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1894         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1895
1896 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1897
1898
1899 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1900   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1901   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1902
1903 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1904   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1905   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1906
1907 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1908   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1909   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1910 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1911     """
1912     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1913     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1914     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1915     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1916     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1917     """
1918     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1919         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1920     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1921         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1922     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1923         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1924     else:
1925         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1926
1927 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1928     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1929     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1930     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1931     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1932         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1933         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1934     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1935         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1936         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1937
1938     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1939     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1940     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1941         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1942         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1943
1944     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1945         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1946         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1947
1948     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1949         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1950         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1953         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1954         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1955
1956 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1957
1958 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1959   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1960   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1963 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1964 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1965 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1966
1967 class ImageHandler(Object):
1968     """
1969     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1970     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1971     normally seen by the application.
1972     """
1973     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1974     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1975     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1976     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1977         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1978         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1979
1980     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1981         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1982         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1983
1984     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1985         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1986         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1987
1988     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1989         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1990         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1991
1992     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1993         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1994         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1995
1996     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
1997         """SetName(self, String name)"""
1998         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
1999
2000     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2001         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2002         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2003
2004     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2005         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2006         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2007
2008     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2009         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2010         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2011
2012 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2013
2014 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2015     """
2016     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2017     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2018     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2019     the following methods::
2020
2021         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2022             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2023
2024         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2025             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2026
2027         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2028             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2029                this handler's image file format.'''
2030
2031         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2032             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2033                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2034
2035     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2036     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2037     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2038
2039     """
2040     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2041     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2042     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2043         """
2044         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2045
2046         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2047         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2048         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2049         the following methods::
2050
2051             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2052                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2053
2054             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2055                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2056
2057             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2058                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2059                    this handler's image file format.'''
2060
2061             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2062                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2063                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2064
2065         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2066         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2067         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2068
2069         """
2070         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2071         self._SetSelf(self)
2072
2073     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2074         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2075         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2076
2077 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2078
2079 class ImageHistogram(object):
2080     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2084         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2085         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2086     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2087         """
2088         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2089
2090         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2091         """
2092         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2093
2094     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2095     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """
2097         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2098
2099         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2100         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2101         success flag and rgb values.
2102         """
2103         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2104
2105     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2106         """
2107         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2108
2109         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2110         key value from a RGB tripple.
2111         """
2112         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2113
2114     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2115         """
2116         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2117
2118         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2119         """
2120         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2121
2122     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2123         """
2124         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2125
2126         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2127         """
2128         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2129
2130 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2131
2132 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2133   """
2134     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2135
2136     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2137     """
2138   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2139
2140 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2141     """
2142     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2143     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2144     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2145     color space.
2146     """
2147     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2148     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2149     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2150         """
2151         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2152
2153         Constructor.
2154         """
2155         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2156     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2157     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2158     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2159 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2160
2161 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2162     """
2163     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2164     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2165     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2166     color space.
2167     """
2168     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2169     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2170     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2171         """
2172         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2173
2174         Constructor.
2175         """
2176         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2177     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2178     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2179     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2180 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2181
2182 class Image(Object):
2183     """
2184     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2185     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2186     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2187     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2188
2189     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2190     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2191     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2192     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2193
2194     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2195     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2196     bitmap object.
2197
2198     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2199     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2200     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2201     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2202     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2203
2204     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2205     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2206     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2207     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2208     """
2209     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2210     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2211     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2212         """
2213         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2214
2215         Loads an image from a file.
2216         """
2217         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2218     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2219     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2220     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2221         """
2222         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2223
2224         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2225         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2226         """
2227         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2228
2229     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2230         """
2231         Destroy(self)
2232
2233         Destroys the image data.
2234         """
2235         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2236         args[0].thisown = 0
2237         return val
2238
2239     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2240         """
2241         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2242
2243         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2244         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2245         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2246         """
2247         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2248
2249     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2250         """
2251         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2252
2253         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2254         """
2255         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2256
2257     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2258         """
2259         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2260
2261         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2262         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2263
2264         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2265         """
2266         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2267
2268     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2269         """
2270         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2271
2272         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2273         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2274         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2275         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2276         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2277         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2278         newly exposed areas.
2279
2280         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2281         """
2282         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2283
2284     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2285         """
2286         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2287
2288         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2289         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2290         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2291         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2292         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2293         """
2294         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2295
2296     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2297         """
2298         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2299
2300         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2301         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2302         safe way to manipulate the data.
2303         """
2304         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2305
2306     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2307         """
2308         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2309
2310         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2311         """
2312         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2313
2314     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2315         """
2316         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2317
2318         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2319         """
2320         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2321
2322     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2323         """
2324         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2325
2326         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2327         """
2328         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2329
2330     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2331         """
2332         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2333
2334         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2335         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2336         for this.
2337         """
2338         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2339
2340     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2341         """
2342         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2343
2344         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2345         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2346         this.
2347
2348         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2349         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2350         the fully opaque pixels.
2351         """
2352         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2353
2354     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2355         """
2356         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2357
2358         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2359         """
2360         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2361
2362     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2363         """
2364         InitAlpha(self)
2365
2366         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2367         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2368         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2369         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2370         """
2371         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2372
2373     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2374         """
2375         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2376
2377         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2378         than the spcified threshold.
2379         """
2380         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2381
2382     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2383         """
2384         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2385
2386         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2387         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2388         success flag and rgb values.
2389         """
2390         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2391
2392     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2393         """
2394         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2395
2396         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2397         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2398         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2399         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2400
2401         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2402         nothing.
2403         """
2404         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2405
2406     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2407         """
2408         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2409
2410         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2411         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2412         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2413         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2414         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2415         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2416         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2417         """
2418         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2419
2420     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2421         """
2422         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2423
2424         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2425         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2426         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2427         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2428         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2429
2430         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2431         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2432         mask was successfully applied.
2433
2434         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2435         computationally intensive operation.
2436         """
2437         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2438
2439     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2440         """
2441         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2442
2443         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2444         """
2445         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2446
2447     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2448     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2451
2452         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2453         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2454         the number of available images.
2455         """
2456         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2457
2458     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2459     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2460         """
2461         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2462
2463         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2464         library will try to autodetect the format.
2465         """
2466         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2467
2468     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2469         """
2470         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2471
2472         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2473         string.
2474         """
2475         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2476
2477     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2478         """
2479         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2480
2481         Saves an image in the named file.
2482         """
2483         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2484
2485     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2486         """
2487         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2488
2489         Saves an image in the named file.
2490         """
2491         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2492
2493     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2494         """
2495         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2496
2497         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2498         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2499         object.
2500         """
2501         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2502
2503     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2504     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2507
2508         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2509         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2510         autodetect the format.
2511         """
2512         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2513
2514     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2515         """
2516         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2517
2518         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2519         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2520         """
2521         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2524         """
2525         Ok(self) -> bool
2526
2527         Returns true if image data is present.
2528         """
2529         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2530
2531     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2532         """
2533         GetWidth(self) -> int
2534
2535         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2536         """
2537         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2538
2539     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2540         """
2541         GetHeight(self) -> int
2542
2543         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2544         """
2545         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2546
2547     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2548         """
2549         GetSize(self) -> Size
2550
2551         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2552         """
2553         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2554
2555     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2556         """
2557         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2558
2559         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2560         entirely to the image.
2561         """
2562         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2563
2564     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2565         """
2566         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2567
2568         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2569         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2570         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2571         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2572         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2573         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2574         newly exposed areas.
2575         """
2576         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2577
2578     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2579         """
2580         Copy(self) -> Image
2581
2582         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2583         """
2584         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2585
2586     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2587         """
2588         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2589
2590         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2591         and any out of bounds problems.
2592         """
2593         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2594
2595     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2596         """
2597         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2598
2599         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2600         """
2601         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2602
2603     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2604         """
2605         SetData(self, buffer data)
2606
2607         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2608         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2609         the data must be width*height*3.
2610         """
2611         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2612
2613     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2614         """
2615         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2616
2617         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2618         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2619         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2620         """
2621         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2622
2623     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2624         """
2625         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2626
2627         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2628         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2629         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2630         """
2631         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2632
2633     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2634         """
2635         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2636
2637         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2638         """
2639         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2640
2641     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2642         """
2643         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2644
2645         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2646         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2647         data must be width*height.
2648         """
2649         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2650
2651     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2652         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2653         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2654
2655     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2656         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2657         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """
2661         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2662
2663         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2664         mask).
2665         """
2666         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2667
2668     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2669         """
2670         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2671
2672         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2673         """
2674         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2675
2676     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2677         """
2678         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2679
2680         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2681         """
2682         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2683
2684     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2685         """
2686         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2687
2688         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2689         """
2690         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2691
2692     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2693         """
2694         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2695
2696         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2697         """
2698         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2699
2700     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2701         """
2702         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2703
2704         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2705         determined by the current mask colour.
2706         """
2707         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2708
2709     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2710         """
2711         HasMask(self) -> bool
2712
2713         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2714         """
2715         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2716
2717     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2718         """
2719         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2720             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2721
2722         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2723         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2724         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2725         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2726         will be used as the fill colour.
2727
2728         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2729         """
2730         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2731
2732     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2733         """
2734         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2735
2736         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2737         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2738         """
2739         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2740
2741     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2742         """
2743         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2744
2745         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2746         indicates the orientation.
2747         """
2748         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2749
2750     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2751         """
2752         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2753
2754         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2755         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2756         """
2757         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2758
2759     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2760         """
2761         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2762
2763         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2764         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2765         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2766         """
2767         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2768
2769     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2770         """
2771         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2772
2773         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2774         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2775         colour everywhere else.
2776         """
2777         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2778
2779     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2780         """
2781         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2782
2783         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2784         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2785         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2786         """
2787         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2788
2789     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2790         """
2791         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2792
2793         Sets an image option as an integer.
2794         """
2795         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2796
2797     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2798         """
2799         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2800
2801         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2802         """
2803         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2804
2805     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2806         """
2807         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2808
2809         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2810         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2811         """
2812         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2813
2814     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2815         """
2816         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2817
2818         Returns true if the given option is present.
2819         """
2820         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2821
2822     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2823         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2824         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2825
2826     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2827         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2828         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2829
2830     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2831         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2832         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2835     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2836         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2837         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2838
2839     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2840     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2841         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2842         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2843
2844     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2845     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2846         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2847         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2848
2849     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2850     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2851         """
2852         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2853
2854         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2855         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2856         dialog boxes.
2857         """
2858         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2859
2860     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2861     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2862         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2863         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2867         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2868
2869     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2870         """
2871         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2872
2873         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2874         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2875         """
2876         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2877
2878     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2879         """
2880         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2881
2882         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2883         """
2884         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2885
2886     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2887     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2888         """
2889         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2890
2891         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2892         """
2893         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2894
2895     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2896     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2897 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2898
2899 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2900     """
2901     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2902
2903     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2904     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2905     """
2906     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2907     return val
2908
2909 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2910     """
2911     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2912
2913     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2914     object.
2915     """
2916     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2917     return val
2918
2919 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2920     """
2921     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2922
2923     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2924     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2925     """
2926     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2927     return val
2928
2929 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2930     """
2931     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2932
2933     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2934     pixels to black.
2935     """
2936     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2937     return val
2938
2939 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2940     """
2941     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2942
2943     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2944     """
2945     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2946     return val
2947
2948 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2949     """
2950     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2951
2952     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2953     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2954     must be width*height*3.
2955     """
2956     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2957     return val
2958
2959 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2960     """
2961     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2962
2963     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2964     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2965     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2966     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2967     """
2968     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2969     return val
2970
2971 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2972   """
2973     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2974
2975     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2976     """
2977   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2978
2979 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2980   """
2981     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2982
2983     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2984     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2985     the number of available images.
2986     """
2987   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2988
2989 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2990   """
2991     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2992
2993     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2994     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2995     object.
2996     """
2997   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2998
2999 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3000   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3001   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3002
3003 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3004   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3005   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3008   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3009   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3010
3011 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3012   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3013   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3014
3015 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3016   """
3017     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3018
3019     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3020     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3021     dialog boxes.
3022     """
3023   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3024
3025 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3026   """
3027     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3028
3029     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3030     """
3031   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3032
3033 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3034   """
3035     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3036
3037     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3038     """
3039   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3040
3041 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3042     """
3043     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3044     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3045     """
3046     pass
3047
3048 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3049 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3050 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3051 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3052 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3053 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3054 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3055 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3056 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3057 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3058 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3059 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3060 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3061 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3062 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3063     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3064     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3065     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3066     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3067         """
3068         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3069
3070         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3071         """
3072         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3073 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3074 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3075 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3081 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3082 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3083 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3084 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3085 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3086 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3087 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3088 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3089 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3090
3091 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3092     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3093     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3094     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3095     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3096         """
3097         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3098
3099         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3100         """
3101         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3102 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3103
3104 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3105     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3106     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3107     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3108     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3109         """
3110         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3111
3112         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3113         """
3114         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3115 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3116
3117 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3118     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3119     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3120     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3121     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3122         """
3123         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3124
3125         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3126         """
3127         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3128 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3129
3130 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3131     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3132     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3133     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3134     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3135         """
3136         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3137
3138         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3139         """
3140         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3141 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3142
3143 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3144     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3145     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3146     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3147     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3148         """
3149         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3150
3151         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3152         """
3153         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3154 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3155
3156 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3157     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3158     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3159     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3160     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3161         """
3162         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3163
3164         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3165         """
3166         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3167 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3168
3169 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3170     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3171     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3172     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3173     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3174         """
3175         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3176
3177         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3178         """
3179         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3180 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3181
3182 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3183     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3184     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3185     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3186     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3187         """
3188         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3189
3190         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3191         """
3192         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3193 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3194
3195 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3196     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3197     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3198     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3199     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3200         """
3201         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3202
3203         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3204         """
3205         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3206 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3207
3208 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3209     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3210     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3211     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3212     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3213         """
3214         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3215
3216         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3217         """
3218         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3219 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3220
3221 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3222 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3223 class Quantize(object):
3224     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3225     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3226     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3227     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3228     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3229         """
3230         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3231
3232         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3233         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3234         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3235         """
3236         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3237
3238     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3239 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3240
3241 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3242   """
3243     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3244
3245     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3246     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3247     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3248     """
3249   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3250
3251 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3252
3253 class EvtHandler(Object):
3254     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3255     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3256     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3257     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3258         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3259         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3260     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3261         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3262         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3263
3264     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3265         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3266         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3267
3268     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3269         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3270         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3271
3272     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3273         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3274         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3275
3276     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3277         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3278         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3279
3280     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3281         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3282         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3283
3284     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3285         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3286         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3287
3288     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3289         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3290         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3291
3292     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3293         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3294         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3295
3296     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3297         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3298         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3299
3300     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3301         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3302         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3303
3304     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3305         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3306         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3307         args[0].thisown = 0
3308         return val
3309
3310     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3311         """
3312         Bind an event to an event handler.
3313
3314         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3315                       type of event to bind,
3316
3317         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3318                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3319                       disconnect an event handler.
3320
3321         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3322                       different window than self, but you still
3323                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3324                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3325                       passing the source of the event, the event
3326                       handling system is able to differentiate
3327                       between the same event type from different
3328                       controls.
3329
3330         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3331                    of instance.
3332
3333         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3334                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3335         """
3336         if source is not None:
3337             id  = source.GetId()
3338         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3339
3340     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3341         """
3342         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3343         Returns True if successful.
3344         """
3345         if source is not None:
3346             id  = source.GetId()
3347         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3348
3349 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3350
3351 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3352
3353 class PyEventBinder(object):
3354     """
3355     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3356     handlers.
3357     """
3358     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3359         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3360             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3361         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3362
3363         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3364             self.evtType = evtType
3365         else:
3366             self.evtType = [evtType]
3367
3368
3369     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3370         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3371         for et in self.evtType:
3372             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3373
3374
3375     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3376         """Remove an event binding."""
3377         success = 0
3378         for et in self.evtType:
3379             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3380         return success != 0
3381
3382
3383     def __call__(self, *args):
3384         """
3385         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3386         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3387         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3388         type of the event.
3389         """
3390         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3391         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3392         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3393         target = args[0]
3394         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3395             func = args[1]
3396         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3397             id1 = args[1]
3398             func = args[2]
3399         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3400             id1 = args[1]
3401             id2 = args[2]
3402             func = args[3]
3403         else:
3404             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3405
3406         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3407
3408
3409 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3410 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3411     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3412 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3413     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3414
3415
3416 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3417
3418 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3419
3420 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3421 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3422
3423 def NewEventType(*args):
3424   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3425   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3426 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3427 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3428 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3429 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3430 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3431 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3435 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3436 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3437 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3438 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3439 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3440 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3441 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3442 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3443 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3444 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3445 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3446 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3447 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3448 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3449 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3450 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3451 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3452 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3453 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3454 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3455 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3456 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3457 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3458 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3459 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3460 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3461 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3462 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3463 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3464 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3465 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3466 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3467 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3468 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3469 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3470 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3471 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3472 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3473 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3474 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3475 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3476 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3477 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3478 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3479 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3480 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3481 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3482 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3483 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3484 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3485 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3486 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3487 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3488 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3489 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3490 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3491 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3492 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3493 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3494 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3495 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3496 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3497 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3498 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3499 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3500 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3501 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3502 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3503 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3504 wxEVT_POWER = _core_.wxEVT_POWER
3505 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3506 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3507 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3508 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3509 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3510 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3511 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3512 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3513 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3514 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3515 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3516 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3517 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3518 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3519 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3520 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3521 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3522 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3523 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3524 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3525 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3526 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3527 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3528 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3529 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3530 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3531 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3532 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3533 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3534 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3535 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3536 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3537 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3538 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3539 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3540 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3541 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3542 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3543 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3545 #
3546 # Create some event binders
3547 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3548 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3549 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3550 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3551 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3552 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3553 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3554 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3555 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3556 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3557 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3558 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3559 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3560 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3561 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3562 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3563 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3564 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3565 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3566 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3567 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3568 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3569 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3570 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3571 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3572 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3573 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3574 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3575 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3576 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3577 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3578 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3579 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3580 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3581 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3582 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3583 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3584 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3585 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3586 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3587 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3588
3589 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3590 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3591 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3592 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3593 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3594 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3595 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3596 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3597 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3598 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3599 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3600 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3601 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3602
3603 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3604                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3605                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3606                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3607                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3608                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3609                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3610                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3611                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3612                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3613                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3614                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3615                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3616                                      ])
3617
3618
3619 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3620 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3621                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3622                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3623                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3624                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3625                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3626                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3627                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3628                                   ])
3629
3630 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3631 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3632 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3633 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3634 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3635 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3636 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3637 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3638
3639 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3640 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3641                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3642                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3643                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3644                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3645                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3646                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3647                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3648                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3649                                ])
3650
3651 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3652 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3653 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3654 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3655 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3656 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3657 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3658 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3659 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3660 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3661
3662 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3663 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3664                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3665                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3666                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3667                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3668                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3669                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3670                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3671                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3672                                        ], 1)
3673
3674 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3675 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3676 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3677 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3678 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3679 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3680 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3681 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3682 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3683 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3684
3685 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3686 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3687 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3688 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3689 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3690 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3691 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3692 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3693 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3694 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3695
3696 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3697 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3698 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3699 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3700 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3701 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3702 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3703 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3704 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3705
3706
3707 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3708 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3709 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3710 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3711 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3712 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3713 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3714
3715 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3716
3717 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3718 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3719
3720 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3721
3722 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3723 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3724 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3725
3726
3727 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3728
3729 class Event(Object):
3730     """
3731     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3732     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3733     other event classes
3734     """
3735     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3736     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3737     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3738     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3739     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3740     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3741         """
3742         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3743
3744         Sets the specific type of the event.
3745         """
3746         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3747
3748     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3749         """
3750         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3751
3752         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3753         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3754         """
3755         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3756
3757     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3758         """
3759         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3760
3761         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3762         any.
3763         """
3764         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3765
3766     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3767         """
3768         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3769
3770         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3771         object that is sending the event.
3772         """
3773         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3774
3775     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3776         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3777         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3778
3779     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3780         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3781         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3782
3783     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3784         """
3785         GetId(self) -> int
3786
3787         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3788         command id.
3789         """
3790         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3791
3792     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3793         """
3794         SetId(self, int Id)
3795
3796         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3797         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3798         item, etc.
3799         """
3800         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3801
3802     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3803         """
3804         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3805
3806         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3807         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3808         """
3809         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3810
3811     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3812         """
3813         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3814
3815         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3816         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3817         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3818         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3819         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3820         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3821         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3822
3823         """
3824         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3825
3826     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3827         """
3828         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3829
3830         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3831         :see: `Skip`
3832         """
3833         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3834
3835     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3836         """
3837         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3838
3839         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3840         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3841         """
3842         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3843
3844     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3845         """
3846         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3847
3848         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3849         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3850         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3851         """
3852         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3853
3854     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3855         """
3856         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3857
3858         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3859         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3860         `StopPropagation`.)
3861
3862         """
3863         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3864
3865     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3866         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3867         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3868
3869 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3870
3871 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3872
3873 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3874     """
3875     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3876     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3877     propogation of the event will be restored.
3878     """
3879     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3880     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3881     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3882         """
3883         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3884
3885         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3886         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3887         propogation of the event will be restored.
3888         """
3889         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3890     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3891     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3892 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3893
3894 class PropagateOnce(object):
3895     """
3896     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3897     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3898     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3899     """
3900     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3901     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3902     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3903         """
3904         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3905
3906         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3907         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3908         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3909         """
3910         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3911     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3912     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3913 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3914
3915 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3916
3917 class CommandEvent(Event):
3918     """
3919     This event class contains information about command events, which
3920     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3921     toolbars.
3922     """
3923     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3924     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3925     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3926         """
3927         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3928
3929         This event class contains information about command events, which
3930         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3931         toolbars.
3932         """
3933         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3934     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3935         """
3936         GetSelection(self) -> int
3937
3938         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3939         for a deselection).
3940         """
3941         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3942
3943     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3944         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3945         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3946
3947     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3948         """
3949         GetString(self) -> String
3950
3951         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3952         for a deselection).
3953         """
3954         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3955
3956     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3957         """
3958         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3959
3960         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3961         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3962         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3963         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3964         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3965         """
3966         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3967
3968     Checked = IsChecked
3969     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3970         """
3971         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3972
3973         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3974         false if it is a deselection.
3975         """
3976         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3977
3978     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3979         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3980         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3981
3982     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3983         """
3984         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3985
3986         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3987         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3988         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3989         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3990         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3991         listbox must be examined by the application.
3992         """
3993         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3994
3995     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3996         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3997         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3998
3999     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4000         """
4001         GetInt(self) -> int
4002
4003         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4004         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4005         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4006         """
4007         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4008
4009     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4010         """
4011         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4012
4013         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4014         """
4015         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4016
4017     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4018         """
4019         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4020
4021         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4022         """
4023         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4024
4025     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4026     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4027
4028     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4029         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4030         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4031
4032 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4033
4034 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4035
4036 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4037     """
4038     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4039     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4040     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4041     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4042     """
4043     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4044     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4045     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4046         """
4047         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4048
4049         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4050         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4051         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4052         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4053         """
4054         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4055     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4056         """
4057         Veto(self)
4058
4059         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4060
4061         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4062         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4063         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4064         """
4065         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4066
4067     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4068         """
4069         Allow(self)
4070
4071         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4072         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4073         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4074         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4075         """
4076         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4077
4078     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4079         """
4080         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4081
4082         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4083         false otherwise (if it was).
4084         """
4085         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4086
4087 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4088
4089 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4090
4091 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4092     """
4093     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4094     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4095     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4096     instead.
4097     """
4098     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4099     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4100     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4101         """
4102         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4103             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4104         """
4105         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4106     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4107         """
4108         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4109
4110         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4111         the scrollbar.
4112         """
4113         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4114
4115     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4116         """
4117         GetPosition(self) -> int
4118
4119         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4120         """
4121         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4122
4123     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4124         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4125         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4126
4127     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4128         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4129         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4130
4131 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4132
4133 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4134
4135 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4136     """
4137     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4138     scrolling windows.
4139     """
4140     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4141     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4142     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4143         """
4144         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4145
4146         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4147         scrolling windows.
4148         """
4149         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4150     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4151         """
4152         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4153
4154         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4155         the scrollbar.
4156         """
4157         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4158
4159     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4160         """
4161         GetPosition(self) -> int
4162
4163         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4164         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4165         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4166         """
4167         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4168
4169     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4170         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4171         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4172
4173     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4174         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4175         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4176
4177 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4178
4179 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4180
4181 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4182 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4183 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4184 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4185 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4186 class MouseEvent(Event):
4187     """
4188     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4189     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4190     mouse move events.
4191
4192     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4193     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4194     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4195     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4196     events from it.
4197
4198     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4199     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4200     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4201     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4202     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4203     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4204     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4205     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4206     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4207     """
4208     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4209     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4210     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4211         """
4212         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4213
4214         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4215
4216             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4217             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4218             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4219             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4220             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4221             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4222             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4223             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4224             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4225             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4226             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4227             * wxEVT_MOTION
4228             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4229         """
4230         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4231     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4232         """
4233         IsButton(self) -> bool
4234
4235         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4236         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4237         """
4238         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4239
4240     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4241         """
4242         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4243
4244         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4245         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4246         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4247         values).
4248         """
4249         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4250
4251     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4252         """
4253         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4254
4255         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4256         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4257         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4258         values).
4259         """
4260         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4261
4262     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4263         """
4264         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4265
4266         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4267         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4268         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4269         """
4270         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4271
4272     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4273         """
4274         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4275
4276         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4277         values of button are:
4278
4279              ====================      =====================================
4280              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4281              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4282              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4283              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4284              ====================      =====================================
4285
4286         """
4287         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4288
4289     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4290         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4291         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4292
4293     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4294         """
4295         GetButton(self) -> int
4296
4297         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4298         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4299         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4300         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4301         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4302         right buttons respectively.
4303         """
4304         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4305
4306     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4307         """
4308         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4309
4310         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4311         """
4312         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4313
4314     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4315         """
4316         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4317
4318         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4319         """
4320         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4321
4322     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4323         """
4324         AltDown(self) -> bool
4325
4326         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4327         """
4328         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4329
4330     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4331         """
4332         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4333
4334         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4335         """
4336         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4337
4338     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4339         """
4340         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4341
4342         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4343         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4344         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4345         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4346         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4347         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4348         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4349         """
4350         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4351
4352     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4353         """
4354         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4355
4356         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4357         """
4358         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4359
4360     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4361         """
4362         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4363
4364         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4365         """
4366         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4367
4368     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4369         """
4370         RightDown(self) -> bool
4371
4372         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4373         """
4374         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4375
4376     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4377         """
4378         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4379
4380         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4381         """
4382         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4383
4384     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4385         """
4386         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4387
4388         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4389         """
4390         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4391
4392     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4393         """
4394         RightUp(self) -> bool
4395
4396         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4397         """
4398         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4399
4400     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4401         """
4402         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4403
4404         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4405         """
4406         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4407
4408     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4409         """
4410         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4411
4412         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4413         """
4414         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4415
4416     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4417         """
4418         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4419
4420         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4421         """
4422         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4423
4424     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4425         """
4426         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4427
4428         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4429         of the current event type.
4430
4431         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4432         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4433         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4434
4435         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4436         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4437         dragging the mouse.
4438         """
4439         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4440
4441     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4442         """
4443         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4444
4445         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4446         of the current event type.
4447         """
4448         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4449
4450     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4451         """
4452         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4453
4454         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4455         of the current event type.
4456         """
4457         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4458
4459     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4460         """
4461         Dragging(self) -> bool
4462
4463         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4464         depressed).
4465         """
4466         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4467
4468     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4469         """
4470         Moving(self) -> bool
4471
4472         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4473         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4474         false and Dragging returns true.
4475         """
4476         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4477
4478     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4479         """
4480         Entering(self) -> bool
4481
4482         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4483         """
4484         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4485
4486     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4487         """
4488         Leaving(self) -> bool
4489
4490         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4491         """
4492         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4493
4494     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4495         """
4496         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4497
4498         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4499         event happened.
4500         """
4501         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4502
4503     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4504         """
4505         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4506
4507         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4508         event happened.
4509         """
4510         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4511
4512     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4513         """
4514         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4515
4516         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4517         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4518         that the window has been scrolled).
4519         """
4520         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4521
4522     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4523         """
4524         GetX(self) -> int
4525
4526         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4527         """
4528         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4529
4530     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4531         """
4532         GetY(self) -> int
4533
4534         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4535         """
4536         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4537
4538     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4539         """
4540         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4541
4542         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4543         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4544         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4545         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4546         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4547         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4548         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4549         """
4550         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4551
4552     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4553         """
4554         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4555
4556         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4557         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4558         should occur for each delta.
4559         """
4560         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4561
4562     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4563         """
4564         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4565
4566         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4567         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4568         """
4569         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4570
4571     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4572         """
4573         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4574
4575         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4576         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4577         """
4578         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4579
4580     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4581     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4582     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4583     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4584     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4585     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4586     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4587     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4588     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4589     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4590     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4591     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4592 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4593
4594 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4595
4596 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4597     """
4598     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4599     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4600     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4601     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4602     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4603     """
4604     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4605     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4606     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4607         """
4608         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4609
4610         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4611         """
4612         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4613     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4614         """
4615         GetX(self) -> int
4616
4617         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4618         """
4619         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4620
4621     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4622         """
4623         GetY(self) -> int
4624
4625         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4626         """
4627         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4628
4629     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4630         """
4631         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4632
4633         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4634         """
4635         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4636
4637     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4638         """
4639         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4640
4641         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4642         """
4643         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4644
4645     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4646         """
4647         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4648
4649         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4650         """
4651         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4652
4653 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4654
4655 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4656
4657 class KeyEvent(Event):
4658     """
4659     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4660     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4661     the keyboard focus.
4662
4663     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4664     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4665     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4666     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4667     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4668     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4669     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4670     corresponding to each down one.
4671
4672     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4673     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4674     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4675     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4676     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4677     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4678     example.
4679
4680     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4681     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4682     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4683     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4684     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4685     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4686     well.
4687
4688     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4689     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4690     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4691     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4692     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4693     by the system itself.
4694
4695     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4696     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4697     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4698     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4699
4700     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4701     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4702     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4703     focus.
4704
4705     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4706     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4707     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4708     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4709
4710     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4711     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4712     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4713     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4714
4715     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4716     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4717     work under Windows.
4718
4719     """
4720     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4721     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4722     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4723         """
4724         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4725
4726         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4727             *
4728         """
4729         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4730     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4731         """
4732         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4733
4734         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4735         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4736         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4737         example::
4738
4739             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4740                 DoSomething()
4741
4742         """
4743         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4744
4745     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4746         """
4747         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4748
4749         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4750         """
4751         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4752
4753     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4754         """
4755         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4756
4757         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4758         """
4759         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4760
4761     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4762         """
4763         AltDown(self) -> bool
4764
4765         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4766         """
4767         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4768
4769     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4770         """
4771         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4772
4773         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4774         """
4775         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4776
4777     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4778         """
4779         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4780
4781         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4782         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4783         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4784         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4785         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4786         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4787         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4788         """
4789         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4790
4791     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4792         """
4793         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4794
4795         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4796         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4797         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4798         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4799         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4800         normally).
4801         """
4802         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4803
4804     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4805         """
4806         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4807
4808         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4809         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4810         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4811         codes.
4812
4813         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4814         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4815         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4816         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4817         """
4818         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4819
4820     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4821     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4822         """
4823         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4824
4825         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4826         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4827         """
4828         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4829
4830     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4831     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4832         """
4833         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4834
4835         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4836         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4837         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4838         ports.
4839         """
4840         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4841
4842     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4843         """
4844         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4845
4846         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4847         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4848         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4849         """
4850         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4851
4852     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4853         """
4854         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4855
4856         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4857         """
4858         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4859
4860     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4861         """
4862         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4863
4864         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4865         """
4866         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4867
4868     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4869         """
4870         GetX(self) -> int
4871
4872         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4873         applicable.
4874         """
4875         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4876
4877     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4878         """
4879         GetY(self) -> int
4880
4881         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4882         applicable.
4883         """
4884         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4885
4886     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4887     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4888     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4889     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4890     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4891     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4892     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4893     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4894     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4895     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4896 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4897
4898 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4899
4900 class SizeEvent(Event):
4901     """
4902     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4903     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4904     been resized.
4905
4906     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4907     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4908     application.
4909
4910     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4911     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4912     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4913     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4914     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4915     invalidate the entire window.
4916
4917     """
4918     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4919     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4920     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4921         """
4922         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4923
4924         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4925         """
4926         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4927     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4928         """
4929         GetSize(self) -> Size
4930
4931         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4932         event.
4933         """
4934         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4935
4936     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4937         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4938         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4939
4940     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4941         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4942         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4943
4944     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4945         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4946         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4947
4948     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4949     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4950 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4951
4952 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4953
4954 class MoveEvent(Event):
4955     """
4956     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4957     moved to a new position.
4958     """
4959     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4960     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4961     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4962         """
4963         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4964
4965         Constructor.
4966         """
4967         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4968     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4969         """
4970         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4971
4972         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4973         """
4974         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4975
4976     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4977         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4978         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4979
4980     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4981         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4982         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4983
4984     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4985         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4986         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4987
4988     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
4989     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
4990
4991 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
4992
4993 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4994
4995 class PaintEvent(Event):
4996     """
4997     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
4998     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
4999     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5000     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5001     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5002
5003     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5004     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5005     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5006     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5007     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5008     scrolled units.
5009
5010     """
5011     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5012     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5013     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5014         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5015         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5016 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5017
5018 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5019     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5020     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5021     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5022     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5023         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5024         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5025 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5026
5027 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5028
5029 class EraseEvent(Event):
5030     """
5031     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5032     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5033     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5034     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5035
5036     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5037     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5038     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5039
5040     """
5041     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5042     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5043     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5044         """
5045         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5046
5047         Constructor
5048         """
5049         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5050     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5051         """
5052         GetDC(self) -> DC
5053
5054         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5055         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5056         that instead.
5057         """
5058         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5059
5060 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5061
5062 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5063
5064 class FocusEvent(Event):
5065     """
5066     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5067     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5068     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5069
5070     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5071     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5072     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5073
5074     """
5075     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5076     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5077     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5078         """
5079         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5080
5081         Constructor
5082         """
5083         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5084     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5085         """
5086         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5087
5088         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5089         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5090         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5091
5092         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5093         """
5094         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5095
5096     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5097         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5098         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5099
5100 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5101
5102 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5103
5104 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5105     """
5106     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5107     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5108     heirarchy.
5109     """
5110     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5111     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5112     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5113         """
5114         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5115
5116         Constructor
5117         """
5118         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5119     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5120         """
5121         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5122
5123         The window which has just received the focus.
5124         """
5125         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5126
5127 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5128
5129 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5130
5131 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5132     """
5133     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5134     application is being activated or deactivated.
5135
5136     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5137     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5138     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5139     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5140     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5141     application frames being inactive.
5142
5143     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5144     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5145     doing so can result in strange effects.
5146
5147     """
5148     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5149     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5150     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5151         """
5152         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5153
5154         Constructor
5155         """
5156         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5157     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5158         """
5159         GetActive(self) -> bool
5160
5161         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5162         otherwise.
5163         """
5164         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5165
5166 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5167
5168 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5169
5170 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5171     """
5172     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5173     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5174     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5175     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5176     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5177     """
5178     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5179     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5180     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5181         """
5182         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5183
5184         Constructor
5185         """
5186         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5187 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5188
5189 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5190
5191 class MenuEvent(Event):
5192     """
5193     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5194     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5195     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5196
5197     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5198     text in the first field of the status bar.
5199     """
5200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5203         """
5204         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5205
5206         Constructor
5207         """
5208         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5209     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5210         """
5211         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5212
5213         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5214         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5215         """
5216         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5217
5218     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5219         """
5220         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5221
5222         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5223         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5224         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5225         """
5226         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5227
5228     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5229         """
5230         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5231
5232         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5233         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5234         """
5235         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5236
5237 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5238
5239 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5240
5241 class CloseEvent(Event):
5242     """
5243     This event class contains information about window and session close
5244     events.
5245
5246     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5247     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5248     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5249     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5250     function.
5251
5252     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5253     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5254     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5255     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5256     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5257     files or to cancel the close.
5258
5259     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5260     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5261     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5262     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5263     """
5264     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5265     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5266     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5267         """
5268         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5269
5270         Constructor.
5271         """
5272         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5273     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5274         """
5275         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5276
5277         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5278         """
5279         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5280
5281     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5282         """
5283         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5284
5285         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5286         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5287         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5288         window event.
5289         """
5290         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5291
5292     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5293         """
5294         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5295
5296         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5297         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5298
5299         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5300         """
5301         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5302
5303     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5304         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5305         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5306
5307     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5308         """
5309         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5310
5311         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5312         """
5313         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5314
5315     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5316         """
5317         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5318
5319         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5320         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5321         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5322         must be called to check this.
5323         """
5324         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5325
5326 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5327
5328 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5329
5330 class ShowEvent(Event):
5331     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5332     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5333     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5334     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5335         """
5336         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5337
5338         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5339         """
5340         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5341     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5342         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5343         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5344
5345     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5346         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5347         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5348
5349 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5350
5351 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5352
5353 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5354     """
5355     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5356     restored.
5357     """
5358     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5359     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5360     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5361         """
5362         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5363
5364         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5365         restored.
5366         """
5367         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5368     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5369         """
5370         Iconized(self) -> bool
5371
5372         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5373         been restored.
5374         """
5375         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5376
5377 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5378
5379 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5380
5381 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5382     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5383     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5384     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5385     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5386         """
5387         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5388
5389         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5390         """
5391         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5392 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5393
5394 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5395
5396 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5397     """
5398     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5399     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5400     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5401     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5402
5403     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5404     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5405     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5406     dropping files.
5407
5408     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5409     events.
5410
5411     """
5412     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5413     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5414     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5415     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5416         """
5417         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5418
5419         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5420         """
5421         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5422
5423     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5424         """
5425         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5426
5427         Returns the number of files dropped.
5428         """
5429         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5430
5431     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5432         """
5433         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5434
5435         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5436         """
5437         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5438
5439 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5440
5441 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5442
5443 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5444 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5445 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5446     """
5447     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5448     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5449     interface elements.
5450
5451     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5452     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5453     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5454     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5455     menu item or button.
5456
5457     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5458     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5459     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5460     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5461     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5462     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5463     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5464
5465     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5466     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5467     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5468     update.
5469
5470     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5471     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5472     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5473
5474     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5475     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5476
5477        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5478           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5479           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5480           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5481           events.
5482
5483        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5484           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5485           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5486           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5487           delay before windows are updated.
5488
5489     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5490     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5491     from an internal idle handler.
5492
5493     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5494     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5495     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5496
5497     """
5498     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5499     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5500     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5501         """
5502         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5503
5504         Constructor
5505         """
5506         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5507     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5508         """
5509         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5510
5511         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5512         """
5513         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5514
5515     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5516         """
5517         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5518
5519         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5520         """
5521         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5522
5523     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5524         """
5525         GetShown(self) -> bool
5526
5527         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5528         """
5529         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5530
5531     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5532         """
5533         GetText(self) -> String
5534
5535         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5536         """
5537         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5538
5539     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5540         """
5541         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5542
5543         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5544         wxWidgets internal use only.
5545         """
5546         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5547
5548     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5549         """
5550         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5551
5552         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5553         internal use only.
5554         """
5555         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5556
5557     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5558         """
5559         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5560
5561         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5562         internal use only.
5563         """
5564         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5565
5566     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5567         """
5568         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5569
5570         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5571         internal use only.
5572         """
5573         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5574
5575     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5576         """
5577         Check(self, bool check)
5578
5579         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5580         """
5581         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5582
5583     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5584         """
5585         Enable(self, bool enable)
5586
5587         Enable or disable the UI element.
5588         """
5589         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5590
5591     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5592         """
5593         Show(self, bool show)
5594
5595         Show or hide the UI element.
5596         """
5597         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5598
5599     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5600         """
5601         SetText(self, String text)
5602
5603         Sets the text for this UI element.
5604         """
5605         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5606
5607     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5608         """
5609         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5610
5611         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5612         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5613         default is 0.
5614
5615         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5616         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5617         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5618         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5619         about to be shown.
5620         """
5621         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5622
5623     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5624     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5625         """
5626         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5627
5628         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5629         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5630         """
5631         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5632
5633     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5634     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5635         """
5636         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5637
5638         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5639         to) this window.
5640
5641         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5642         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5643         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5644         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5645         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5646         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5647         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5648         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5649         interval.
5650
5651         """
5652         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5653
5654     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5655     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5656         """
5657         ResetUpdateTime()
5658
5659         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5660         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5661         is called at the end of idle processing.
5662         """
5663         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5664
5665     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5666     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5667         """
5668         SetMode(int mode)
5669
5670         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5671         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5672
5673         The mode may be one of the following values:
5674
5675             =============================   ==========================================
5676             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5677                                             is the default setting.
5678             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5679                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5680                                             style set.
5681             =============================   ==========================================
5682
5683         """
5684         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5685
5686     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5687     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5688         """
5689         GetMode() -> int
5690
5691         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5692         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5693         events.
5694         """
5695         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5696
5697     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5698 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5699
5700 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5701   """
5702     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5703
5704     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5705     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5706     default is 0.
5707
5708     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5709     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5710     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5711     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5712     about to be shown.
5713     """
5714   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5715
5716 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5717   """
5718     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5719
5720     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5721     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5722     """
5723   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5724
5725 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5726   """
5727     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5728
5729     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5730     to) this window.
5731
5732     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5733     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5734     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5735     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5736     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5737     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5738     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5739     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5740     interval.
5741
5742     """
5743   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5744
5745 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5746   """
5747     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5748
5749     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5750     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5751     is called at the end of idle processing.
5752     """
5753   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5754
5755 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5756   """
5757     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5758
5759     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5760     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5761
5762     The mode may be one of the following values:
5763
5764         =============================   ==========================================
5765         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5766                                         is the default setting.
5767         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5768                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5769                                         style set.
5770         =============================   ==========================================
5771
5772     """
5773   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5774
5775 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5776   """
5777     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5778
5779     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5780     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5781     events.
5782     """
5783   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5784
5785 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5786
5787 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5788     """
5789     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5790     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5791     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5792
5793     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5794     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5795     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5796     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5797     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5798
5799     """
5800     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5801     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5802     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5803         """
5804         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5805
5806         Constructor
5807         """
5808         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5809 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5810
5811 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5812
5813 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5814     """
5815     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5816     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5817     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5818     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5819     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5820
5821     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5822     """
5823     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5824     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5825     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5826         """
5827         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5828
5829         Constructor
5830         """
5831         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5832     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5833         """
5834         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5835
5836         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5837         non-wxWidgets window.
5838         """
5839         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5840
5841 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5842
5843 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5844
5845 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5846     """
5847     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5848     resolution has changed.
5849
5850     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5851     """
5852     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5853     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5854     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5855         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5856         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5857 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5858
5859 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5860
5861 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5862     """
5863     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5864     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5865     match.
5866
5867     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5868     """
5869     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5870     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5871     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5872         """
5873         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5874
5875         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5876         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5877         match.
5878
5879         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5880         """
5881         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5882     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5883         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5884         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5885
5886     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5887         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5888         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5889
5890 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5891
5892 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5893
5894 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5895     """
5896     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5897     focus and should re-do its palette.
5898
5899     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5900     """
5901     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5902     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5903     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5904         """
5905         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5906
5907         Constructor.
5908         """
5909         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5910     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5911         """
5912         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5913
5914         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5915         """
5916         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5917
5918     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5919         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5920         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5921
5922 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5923
5924 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5925
5926 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5927     """
5928     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5929     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5930     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5931     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5932     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5933     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5934     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5935     """
5936     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5937     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5938     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5939         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5940         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5941     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5942         """
5943         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5944
5945         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5946         """
5947         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5948
5949     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5950         """
5951         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5952
5953         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5954         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5955         """
5956         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5957
5958     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5959         """
5960         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5961
5962         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5963         """
5964         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5965
5966     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5967         """
5968         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5969
5970         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5971         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5972         by using Control-Tab.
5973         """
5974         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5975
5976     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5977         """
5978         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5979
5980         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5981         key.
5982         """
5983         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5984
5985     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5986         """
5987         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5988
5989         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
5990         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
5991         """
5992         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5993
5994     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5995         """
5996         SetFlags(self, long flags)
5997
5998         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
5999
6000             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6001             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6002             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6003             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6004
6005         """
6006         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6007
6008     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6009         """
6010         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6011
6012         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6013         ``None``.
6014         """
6015         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6016
6017     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6018         """
6019         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6020
6021         Set the window that has the focus.
6022         """
6023         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6024
6025     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6026     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6027     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6028     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6029 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6030
6031 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6032
6033 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6034     """
6035     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6036     underlying GUI object) exists.
6037     """
6038     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6039     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6040     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6041         """
6042         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6043
6044         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6045         underlying GUI object) exists.
6046         """
6047         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6048     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6049         """
6050         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6051
6052         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6053         """
6054         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6055
6056 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6057
6058 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6059     """
6060     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6061     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6062
6063     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6064     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6065     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6066     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6067     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6068     notification of the destruction of another window.
6069     """
6070     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6071     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6072     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6073         """
6074         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6075
6076         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6077         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6078
6079         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6080         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6081         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6082         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6083         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6084         notification of the destruction of another window.
6085         """
6086         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6087     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6088         """
6089         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6090
6091         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6092         """
6093         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6094
6095 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6096
6097 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6098
6099 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6100     """
6101     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6102     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6103     """
6104     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6105     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6106     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6107         """
6108         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6109
6110         Constructor.
6111         """
6112         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6113     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6114         """
6115         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6116
6117         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6118         be shown.
6119         """
6120         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6121
6122     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6123         """
6124         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6125
6126         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6127         """
6128         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6129
6130 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6131
6132 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6133
6134 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6135 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6136 class IdleEvent(Event):
6137     """
6138     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6139     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6140     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6141     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6142     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6143     events and then becomes empty again.
6144
6145     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6146     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6147     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6148     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6149     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6150     to those windows and not to any others.
6151     """
6152     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6153     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6154     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6155         """
6156         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6157
6158         Constructor
6159         """
6160         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6161     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6162         """
6163         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6164
6165         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6166         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6167         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6168         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6169         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6170         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6171         system.
6172         """
6173         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6174
6175     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6176         """
6177         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6178
6179         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6180         requested more processing time.
6181         """
6182         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6183
6184     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6185         """
6186         SetMode(int mode)
6187
6188         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6189         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6190         events.
6191
6192         The mode can be one of the following values:
6193
6194             =========================   ========================================
6195             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6196             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6197                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6198                                         flag set.
6199             =========================   ========================================
6200
6201         """
6202         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6203
6204     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6205     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6206         """
6207         GetMode() -> int
6208
6209         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6210         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6211         will process the events.
6212         """
6213         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6214
6215     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6216     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6217         """
6218         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6219
6220         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6221         window.
6222
6223         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6224         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6225         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6226         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6227         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6228         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6229         """
6230         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6231
6232     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6233 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6234
6235 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6236   """
6237     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6238
6239     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6240     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6241     events.
6242
6243     The mode can be one of the following values:
6244
6245         =========================   ========================================
6246         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6247         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6248                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6249                                     flag set.
6250         =========================   ========================================
6251
6252     """
6253   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6254
6255 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6256   """
6257     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6258
6259     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6260     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6261     will process the events.
6262     """
6263   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6264
6265 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6266   """
6267     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6268
6269     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6270     window.
6271
6272     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6273     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6274     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6275     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6276     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6277     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6278     """
6279   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6280
6281 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6282
6283 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6284     """
6285     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6286     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6287     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6288     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6289     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6290     """
6291     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6292     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6293     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6294         """
6295         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6296
6297         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6298         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6299         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6300         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6301         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6302         """
6303         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6304 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6305
6306 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6307
6308 class PyEvent(Event):
6309     """
6310     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6311     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6312     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6313     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6314     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6315
6316     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6317
6318     """
6319     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6320     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6321     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6322         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6323         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6324         self._SetSelf(self)
6325
6326     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6327     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6328     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6329         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6330         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6331
6332     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6333         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6334         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6335
6336 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6337
6338 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6339     """
6340     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6341     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6342     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6343     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6344     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6345     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6346
6347     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6348
6349     """
6350     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6351     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6352     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6353         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6354         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6355         self._SetSelf(self)
6356
6357     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6358     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6359     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6360         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6361         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6362
6363     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6364         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6365         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6366
6367 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6368
6369 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6370     """
6371     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6372     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6373     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6374     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6375     """
6376     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6377     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6378     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6379         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6380         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6381     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6382         """
6383         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6384
6385         Returns the date.
6386         """
6387         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6388
6389     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6390         """
6391         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6392
6393         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6394         internally.
6395         """
6396         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6397
6398 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6399
6400 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6401 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6402
6403 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6404
6405 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6406 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6407 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6408 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6409 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6410 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6411 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6412     """
6413     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6414     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6415     """
6416     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6417     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6418     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6419         """
6420         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6421
6422         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6423         """
6424         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6425         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6426         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6427
6428     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6429     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6430     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6431         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6432         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6433
6434     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6435         """
6436         GetAppName(self) -> String
6437
6438         Get the application name.
6439         """
6440         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6441
6442     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6443         """
6444         SetAppName(self, String name)
6445
6446         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6447         `wx.Config` and such.
6448         """
6449         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6450
6451     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6452         """
6453         GetClassName(self) -> String
6454
6455         Get the application's class name.
6456         """
6457         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6458
6459     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6460         """
6461         SetClassName(self, String name)
6462
6463         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6464         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6465         """
6466         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6467
6468     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6469         """
6470         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6471
6472         Get the application's vendor name.
6473         """
6474         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6475
6476     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6477         """
6478         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6479
6480         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6481         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6482         """
6483         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6484
6485     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6486         """
6487         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6488
6489         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6490         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6491         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6492         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6493         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6494         differences behind the common facade.
6495
6496         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6497         """
6498         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6499
6500     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6501         """
6502         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6503
6504         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6505         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6506         during each event loop iteration.
6507         """
6508         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6509
6510     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6511         """
6512         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6513
6514         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6515         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6516         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6517
6518         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6519               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6520               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6521               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6522
6523         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6524
6525         """
6526         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6527
6528     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6529         """
6530         WakeUpIdle(self)
6531
6532         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6533         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6534         """
6535         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6536
6537     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6538         """
6539         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6540
6541         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6542         currently be dispatched.
6543         """
6544         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6545
6546     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6547     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6548         """
6549         MainLoop(self) -> int
6550
6551         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6552         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6553         """
6554         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6555
6556     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6557         """
6558         Exit(self)
6559
6560         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6561         :see: `wx.Exit`
6562         """
6563         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6564
6565     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6566         """
6567         ExitMainLoop(self)
6568
6569         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6570         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6571         """
6572         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6573
6574     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6575         """
6576         Pending(self) -> bool
6577
6578         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6579         """
6580         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6581
6582     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6583         """
6584         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6585
6586         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6587         appears if there are none currently)
6588         """
6589         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6590
6591     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6592         """
6593         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6594
6595         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6596         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6597         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6598         """
6599         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6600
6601     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6602         """
6603         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6604
6605         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6606         idle time is requested.
6607         """
6608         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6609
6610     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6611         """
6612         IsActive(self) -> bool
6613
6614         Return True if our app has focus.
6615         """
6616         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6617
6618     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6619         """
6620         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6621
6622         Set the *main* top level window
6623         """
6624         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6625
6626     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6627         """
6628         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6629
6630         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6631         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6632         there not any, will return None)
6633         """
6634         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6635
6636     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6637         """
6638         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6639
6640         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6641         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6642         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6643         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6644         explicitly from somewhere.
6645         """
6646         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6647
6648     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6649         """
6650         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6651
6652         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6653         """
6654         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6655
6656     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6657         """
6658         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6659
6660         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6661         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6662         """
6663         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6664
6665     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6666         """
6667         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6668
6669         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6670         """
6671         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6672
6673     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6674         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6675         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6676
6677     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6678         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6679         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6680
6681     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6682         """
6683         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6684
6685         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6686         """
6687         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6688
6689     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6690         """
6691         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6692
6693         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6694         """
6695         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6696
6697     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6698         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6699         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6700
6701     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6702     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6703         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6704         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6705
6706     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6707     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6708         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6709         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6710
6711     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6712     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6713         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6714         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6715
6716     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6717     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6718         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6719         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6720
6721     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6722     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6723         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6724         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6725
6726     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6727     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6728         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6729         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6730
6731     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6732     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6733         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6734         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6735
6736     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6737     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6738         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6739         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6740
6741     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6742     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6743         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6744         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6745
6746     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6747     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6748         """
6749         _BootstrapApp(self)
6750
6751         For internal use only
6752         """
6753         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6754
6755     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6756         """
6757         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6758
6759         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6760         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6761         """
6762         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6763
6764     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6765 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6766
6767 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6768   """
6769     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6770
6771     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6772     currently be dispatched.
6773     """
6774   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6775
6776 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6777   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6778   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6779
6780 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6781   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6782   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6783
6784 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6785   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6786   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6787
6788 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6789   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6790   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6791
6792 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6793   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6794   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6795
6796 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6797   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6798   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6799
6800 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6801   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6802   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6803
6804 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6805   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6806   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6807
6808 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6809   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6810   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6811
6812 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6813   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6814   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6815
6816 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6817   """
6818     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6819
6820     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6821     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6822     """
6823   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6824
6825 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6826
6827
6828 def Exit(*args):
6829   """
6830     Exit()
6831
6832     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6833     """
6834   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6835
6836 def Yield(*args):
6837   """
6838     Yield() -> bool
6839
6840     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6841     """
6842   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6843
6844 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6845   """
6846     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6847
6848     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6849     """
6850   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6851
6852 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6853   """
6854     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6855
6856     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6857     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6858     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6859     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6860     interaction.
6861
6862     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6863     """
6864   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6865
6866 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6867   """
6868     WakeUpIdle()
6869
6870     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6871     sent.
6872     """
6873   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6874
6875 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6876   """
6877     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6878
6879     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6880     later.
6881     """
6882   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6883
6884 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6885   """
6886     App_CleanUp()
6887
6888     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6889     Python shuts down.
6890     """
6891   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6892
6893 def GetApp(*args):
6894   """
6895     GetApp() -> PyApp
6896
6897     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6898     """
6899   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6900
6901 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6902   """
6903     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6904
6905     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6906     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6907
6908     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6909     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6910     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6911     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6912     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6913     """
6914   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6915
6916 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6917   """
6918     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6919
6920     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6921     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6922     """
6923   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6924 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6925
6926 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6927     """
6928     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6929     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6930     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6931     and write the text there.
6932     """
6933     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6934         self.frame  = None
6935         self.title  = title
6936         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6937         self.size   = (450, 300)
6938         self.parent = None
6939
6940     def SetParent(self, parent):
6941         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6942         self.parent = parent
6943
6944
6945     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6946         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6947                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6948         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6949                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6950         self.text.AppendText(st)
6951         self.frame.Show(True)
6952         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6953
6954
6955     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6956         if self.frame is not None:
6957             self.frame.Destroy()
6958         self.frame = None
6959         self.text  = None
6960
6961
6962     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6963     def write(self, text):
6964         """
6965         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6966         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6967         CallAfter to do the work there.
6968         """
6969         if self.frame is None:
6970             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6971                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6972             else:
6973                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6974         else:
6975             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6976                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6977             else:
6978                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6979
6980
6981     def close(self):
6982         if self.frame is not None:
6983             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6984
6985
6986     def flush(self):
6987         pass
6988
6989
6990
6991 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6992
6993 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
6994
6995 class App(wx.PyApp):
6996     """
6997     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
6998
6999       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7000         gui toolkit
7001       * set and get application-wide properties
7002       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7003         and to dispatch events to window instances
7004       * etc.
7005
7006     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7007     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7008     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7009     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7010
7011     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7012     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7013     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7014
7015     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7016            directly.
7017     """
7018
7019     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7020
7021     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7022                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7023         """
7024         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7025
7026         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7027             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7028             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7029             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7030             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7031             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7032             class of your choosing.)
7033
7034         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7035             redirect is True.
7036
7037         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7038             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7039             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7040             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7041             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7042             toolkit is initialized.
7043
7044         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7045             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7046             GUI apps will.
7047
7048         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7049             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7050             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7051         """
7052         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7053
7054         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7055             try:
7056                 import MacOS
7057                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7058                     print """\
7059 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7060 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7061 your Mac."""
7062                     _sys.exit(1)
7063             except SystemExit:
7064                 raise
7065             except:
7066                 pass
7067
7068         # This has to be done before OnInit
7069         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7070
7071         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7072         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7073         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7074         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7075         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7076         # expected (depending on platform.)
7077         if clearSigInt:
7078             try:
7079                 import signal
7080                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7081             except:
7082                 pass
7083
7084         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7085         self.stdioWin = None
7086         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7087         if redirect:
7088             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7089
7090         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7091         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7092
7093         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7094         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7095         self._BootstrapApp()
7096
7097
7098     def OnPreInit(self):
7099         """
7100         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7101         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7102         that OnInit is called.
7103         """
7104         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7105
7106
7107     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7108         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7109         destroy(self)
7110
7111     def Destroy(self):
7112         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7113         self.thisown = 0
7114
7115     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7116         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7117         if self.stdioWin:
7118             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7119         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7120
7121
7122     def MainLoop(self):
7123         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7124         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7125         self.RestoreStdio()
7126
7127
7128     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7129         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7130         if filename:
7131             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7132         else:
7133             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7134             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7135
7136
7137     def RestoreStdio(self):
7138         try:
7139             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7140         except:
7141             pass
7142
7143
7144     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7145         """
7146         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7147         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7148         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7149         """
7150         if self.stdioWin:
7151             if title is not None:
7152                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7153             if pos is not None:
7154                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7155             if size is not None:
7156                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7162 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7163 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7164 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7165 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7166 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7167 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7168 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7169 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7170 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7171 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7172 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7173
7174 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7175
7176 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7177     """
7178     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7179     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7180     about OnInit.  For example::
7181
7182         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7183         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7184         frame.Show()
7185         app.MainLoop()
7186
7187     :see: `wx.App`
7188     """
7189
7190     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7191                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7192         """
7193         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7194         """
7195         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7196
7197     def OnInit(self):
7198         return True
7199
7200
7201
7202 # Is anybody using this one?
7203 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7204     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7205         self.size = size
7206         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7207
7208     def OnInit(self):
7209         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7210         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7211         return True
7212
7213     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7214         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7215         self.frame.Show(True)
7216
7217 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7218 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7219 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7220 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7221 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7222
7223 class __wxPyCleanup:
7224     def __init__(self):
7225         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7226     def __del__(self):
7227         self.cleanup()
7228
7229 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7230
7231 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7232 ## import atexit
7233 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7234
7235
7236 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7237
7238 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7239
7240 class EventLoop(object):
7241     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7242     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7243     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7244     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7245         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7246         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7247     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7248     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7249     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7250         """Run(self) -> int"""
7251         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7252
7253     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7254         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7255         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7256
7257     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7258         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7259         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7260
7261     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7262         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7263         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7264
7265     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7266         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7267         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7268
7269     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7270         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7271         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7272
7273     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7274     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7275         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7276         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7277
7278     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7279 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7280
7281 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7282   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7283   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7284
7285 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7286   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7287   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7288
7289 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7290     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7291     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7292     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7293     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7294         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7295         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7296     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7297     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7298 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7299
7300 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7301
7302 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7303     """
7304     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7305     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7306     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7307     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7308
7309     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7310     """
7311     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7312     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7313     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7314         """
7315         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7316
7317         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7318         """
7319         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7320     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7321     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7322     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7323         """
7324         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7325
7326         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7327         :see `__init__`
7328         """
7329         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7330
7331     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7332         """
7333         GetFlags(self) -> int
7334
7335         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7336         """
7337         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7338
7339     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7340         """
7341         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7342
7343         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7344         """
7345         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7346
7347     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7348         """
7349         GetCommand(self) -> int
7350
7351         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7352         """
7353         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7354
7355 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7356
7357 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7358     """
7359     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7360     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7361     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7362     supported.
7363     """
7364     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7365     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7366     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7367         """
7368         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7369
7370         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7371         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7372
7373         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7374         """
7375         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7376     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7377     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7378     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7379         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7380         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7381
7382 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7383
7384
7385 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7386   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7387   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7388 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7389
7390 class VisualAttributes(object):
7391     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7392     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7393     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7394     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7395         """
7396         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7397
7398         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7399         """
7400         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7401     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7402     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7403     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7404     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7405     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7406 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7407 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7408 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7409
7410 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7411 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7412 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7413 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7414 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7415 class Window(EvtHandler):
7416     """
7417     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7418     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7419     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7420     appear on screen themselves.
7421
7422     """
7423     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7424     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7425     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7426         """
7427         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7428             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7429
7430         Construct and show a generic Window.
7431         """
7432         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7433         self._setOORInfo(self)
7434
7435     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7436         """
7437         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7438             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7439
7440         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7441         """
7442         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7443
7444     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7445         """
7446         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7447
7448         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7449         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7450         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7451         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7452         """
7453         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7454
7455     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7456         """
7457         Destroy(self) -> bool
7458
7459         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7460         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7461         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7462         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7463         non-existent windows.
7464
7465         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7466         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7467         """
7468         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7469         args[0].thisown = 0
7470         return val
7471
7472     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7473         """
7474         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7475
7476         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7477         destructor.
7478         """
7479         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7480
7481     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7482         """
7483         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7484
7485         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7486         """
7487         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7488
7489     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7490         """
7491         SetLabel(self, String label)
7492
7493         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7494         """
7495         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7496
7497     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7498         """
7499         GetLabel(self) -> String
7500
7501         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7502         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7503         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7504         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7505         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7506         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7507         """
7508         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7509
7510     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7511         """
7512         SetName(self, String name)
7513
7514         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7515         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7516         """
7517         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7518
7519     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7520         """
7521         GetName(self) -> String
7522
7523         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7524         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7525         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7526         """
7527         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7528
7529     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7530         """
7531         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7532
7533         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7534         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7535         """
7536         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7537
7538     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7539         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7540         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7541
7542     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7543         """
7544         SetId(self, int winid)
7545
7546         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7547         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7548         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7549         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7550         """
7551         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7552
7553     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7554         """
7555         GetId(self) -> int
7556
7557         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7558         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7559         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7560         generated.
7561         """
7562         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7563
7564     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7565         """
7566         NewControlId() -> int
7567
7568         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7569         """
7570         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7571
7572     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7573     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7574         """
7575         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7576
7577         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7578         autogenerated) id
7579         """
7580         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7581
7582     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7583     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7584         """
7585         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7586
7587         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7588         autogenerated) id
7589         """
7590         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7591
7592     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7593     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7594         """
7595         SetSize(self, Size size)
7596
7597         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7598         """
7599         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7600
7601     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7602         """
7603         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7604
7605         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7606         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7607         equal to -1.
7608
7609             ========================  ======================================
7610             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7611                                       default should be used.
7612             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7613                                       -1 values are supplied.
7614             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7615                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7616                                       default values.
7617             ========================  ======================================
7618
7619         """
7620         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7621
7622     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7623         """
7624         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7625
7626         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7627         """
7628         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7629
7630     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7631         """
7632         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7633
7634         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7635         """
7636         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7637
7638     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7639         """
7640         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7641
7642         Moves the window to the given position.
7643         """
7644         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7645
7646     SetPosition = Move
7647     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7648         """
7649         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7650
7651         Moves the window to the given position.
7652         """
7653         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7654
7655     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7656         """
7657         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7658
7659         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7660         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7661         """
7662         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7663
7664     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7665         """
7666         Raise(self)
7667
7668         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7669         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7670         """
7671         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7672
7673     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7674         """
7675         Lower(self)
7676
7677         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7678         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7679         """
7680         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7681
7682     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7683         """
7684         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7685
7686         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7687         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7688         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7689         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7690         around panel items, for example.
7691         """
7692         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7693
7694     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7695         """
7696         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7697
7698         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7699         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7700         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7701         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7702         around panel items, for example.
7703         """
7704         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7705
7706     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7707         """
7708         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7709
7710         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7711         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7712         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7713         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7714         around panel items, for example.
7715         """
7716         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7717
7718     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7719         """
7720         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7721
7722         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7723         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7724         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7725         kinds of windows.
7726         """
7727         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7728
7729     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7730         """
7731         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7732
7733         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7734         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7735         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7736         kinds of windows.
7737         """
7738         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7739
7740     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7741         """
7742         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7743
7744         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7745         """
7746         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7747
7748     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7749         """
7750         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7751
7752         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7753         """
7754         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7755
7756     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7757         """
7758         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7759
7760         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7761         a `wx.Rect` object.
7762         """
7763         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7764
7765     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7766         """
7767         GetSize(self) -> Size
7768
7769         Get the window size.
7770         """
7771         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7772
7773     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7774         """
7775         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7776
7777         Get the window size.
7778         """
7779         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7780
7781     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7782         """
7783         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7784
7785         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7786         """
7787         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7788
7789     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7790         """
7791         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7792
7793         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7794         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7795         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7796         """
7797         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7798
7799     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7800         """
7801         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7802
7803         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7804         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7805         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7806         """
7807         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7808
7809     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7810         """
7811         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7812
7813         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7814         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7815         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7816         """
7817         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7818
7819     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7820         """
7821         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7822
7823         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7824         """
7825         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7826
7827     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7828         """
7829         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7830
7831         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7832         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7833         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7834         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7835         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7836         after calling Fit.
7837         """
7838         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7839
7840     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7841         """
7842         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7843
7844         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7845         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7846         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7847         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7848         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7849         after calling Fit.
7850         """
7851         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7852
7853     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7854         """
7855         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7856
7857         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7858         time it is needed.
7859         """
7860         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7861
7862     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7863         """
7864         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7865
7866         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7867         some properties of the window change.)
7868         """
7869         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7870
7871     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7872         """
7873         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7874
7875         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7876         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7877         the results.
7878
7879         """
7880         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7881
7882     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7883         """
7884         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7885
7886         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7887         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7888         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7889         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7890         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7891         tolerate.
7892         """
7893         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7894
7895     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7896         """
7897         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7898
7899         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7900         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7901         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7902         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7903         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7904         relative to the screen.
7905         """
7906         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7907
7908     Centre = Center
7909     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7910         """
7911         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7912
7913         Center with respect to the the parent window
7914         """
7915         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7916
7917     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7918     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7919         """
7920         Fit(self)
7921
7922         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7923         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7924         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7925         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7926         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7927         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7928         instead of calling Fit.
7929         """
7930         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7931
7932     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7933         """
7934         FitInside(self)
7935
7936         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7937         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7938         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7939         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7940         anything if there are no subwindows.
7941         """
7942         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7943
7944     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7945         """
7946         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7947             int incH=-1)
7948
7949         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7950         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7951         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7952         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7953         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7954         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7955
7956         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7957         """
7958         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7959
7960     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7961         """
7962         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7963
7964         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7965         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7966         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7967         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7968         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7969         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7970
7971         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7972         """
7973         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7974
7975     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7976         """
7977         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7978
7979         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7980         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7981         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7982         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7983         """
7984         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7985
7986     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7987         """
7988         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7989
7990         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7991         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7992         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7993         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7994         """
7995         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7996
7997     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
7998         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
7999         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8000
8001     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8002         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8003         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8004
8005     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8006         """
8007         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8008
8009         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8010         min size.
8011         """
8012         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8013
8014     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8015         """
8016         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8017
8018         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8019         max size.
8020         """
8021         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8022
8023     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8024         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8025         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8028         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8029         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8030
8031     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8032         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8033         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8034
8035     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8036         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8037         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8038
8039     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8040         """
8041         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8042
8043         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8044         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8045         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8046         """
8047         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8048
8049     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8050         """
8051         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8052
8053         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8054         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8055         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8056         """
8057         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8058
8059     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8060         """
8061         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8062
8063         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8064         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8065         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8066         """
8067         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8068
8069     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8070         """
8071         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8072
8073         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8074         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8075         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8076         """
8077         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8078
8079     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8080         """
8081         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8082
8083         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8084         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8085         """
8086         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8087
8088     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8089         """
8090         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8091
8092         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8093         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8094         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8095         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8096         because it already was in the requested state.
8097         """
8098         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8099
8100     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8101         """
8102         Hide(self) -> bool
8103
8104         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8105         """
8106         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8107
8108     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8109         """
8110         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8111
8112         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8113         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8114         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8115         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8116         window had already been in the specified state.
8117         """
8118         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8119
8120     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8121         """
8122         Disable(self) -> bool
8123
8124         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8125         """
8126         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8127
8128     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8129         """
8130         IsShown(self) -> bool
8131
8132         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8133         """
8134         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8135
8136     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8137         """
8138         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8139
8140         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8141         """
8142         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8143
8144     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8145         """
8146         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8147
8148         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8149         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8150         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8151         immediately.
8152         """
8153         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8154
8155     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8156         """
8157         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8158
8159         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8160         method.
8161         """
8162         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8163
8164     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8165     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8166         """
8167         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8168
8169         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8170         """
8171         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8172
8173     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8174         """
8175         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8176
8177         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8178         windows are only available on X platforms.
8179         """
8180         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8181
8182     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8183         """
8184         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8185
8186         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8187         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8188         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8189         """
8190         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8191
8192     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8193         """
8194         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8195
8196         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8197         """
8198         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8199
8200     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8201         """
8202         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8203
8204         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8205         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8206         effect.
8207         """
8208         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8209
8210     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8211         """
8212         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8213
8214         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8215          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8216          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8217          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8218          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8219          user's selected theme.
8220
8221         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8222         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8223         """
8224         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8225
8226     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8227         """
8228         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8229
8230         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8231         """
8232         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8233
8234     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8235         """
8236         SetFocus(self)
8237
8238         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8239         """
8240         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8241
8242     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8243         """
8244         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8245
8246         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8247         only called internally.
8248         """
8249         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8250
8251     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8252         """
8253         FindFocus() -> Window
8254
8255         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8256         or None.
8257         """
8258         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8259
8260     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8261     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8262         """
8263         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8264
8265         Can this window have focus?
8266         """
8267         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8268
8269     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8270         """
8271         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8272
8273         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8274         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8275         it.
8276         """
8277         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8278
8279     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8280         """
8281         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8282
8283         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8284         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8285         """
8286         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8287
8288     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8289         """
8290         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8291
8292         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8293         """
8294         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8295
8296     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8297         """
8298         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8299
8300         Set this child as temporary default
8301         """
8302         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8303
8304     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8305         """
8306         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8307
8308         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8309         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8310         """
8311         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8312
8313     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8314         """
8315         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8316
8317         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8318         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8319         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8320
8321         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8322         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8323         windows.
8324
8325         """
8326         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8327
8328     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8329         """
8330         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8331
8332         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8333         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8334         """
8335         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8336
8337     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8338         """
8339         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8340
8341         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8342         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8343         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8344         do not change.
8345         """
8346         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8347
8348     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8349         """
8350         GetParent(self) -> Window
8351
8352         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8353         """
8354         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8355
8356     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8357         """
8358         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8359
8360         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8361         isn't one.
8362         """
8363         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8364
8365     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8366         """
8367         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8368
8369         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8370         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8371         if they have a parent window).
8372         """
8373         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8374
8375     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8376         """
8377         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8378
8379         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8380         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8381         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8382         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8383         oldParent)
8384         """
8385         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8386
8387     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8388         """
8389         AddChild(self, Window child)
8390
8391         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8392         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8393         """
8394         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8395
8396     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8397         """
8398         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8399
8400         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8401         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8402         programmer.
8403         """
8404         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8405
8406     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8407         """
8408         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8409
8410         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8411         """
8412         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8413
8414     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8415         """
8416         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8417
8418         Find a child of this window by name
8419         """
8420         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8421
8422     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8423         """
8424         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8425
8426         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8427         its own event handler.
8428         """
8429         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8430
8431     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8432         """
8433         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8434
8435         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8436         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8437         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8438         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8439         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8440
8441         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8442         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8443         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8444         """
8445         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8446
8447     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8448         """
8449         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8450
8451         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8452         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8453         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8454         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8455         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8456         window classes.
8457
8458         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8459         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8460         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8461         remove the event handler.
8462         """
8463         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8464
8465     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8466         """
8467         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8468
8469         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8470         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8471         destroyed after it is popped.
8472         """
8473         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8474
8475     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8476         """
8477         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8478
8479         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8480         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8481         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8482         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8483         there.)
8484         """
8485         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8486
8487     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8488         """
8489         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8490
8491         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8492         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8493         type.
8494         """
8495         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8496
8497     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8498         """
8499         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8500
8501         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8502         there is none.
8503         """
8504         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8505
8506     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8507         """
8508         Validate(self) -> bool
8509
8510         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8511         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8512         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8513         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8514         """
8515         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8516
8517     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8518         """
8519         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8520
8521         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8522         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8523         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8524         all child windows.
8525         """
8526         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8527
8528     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8529         """
8530         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8531
8532         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8533         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8534         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8535         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8536         """
8537         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8538
8539     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8540         """
8541         InitDialog(self)
8542
8543         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8544         to the dialog via validators.
8545         """
8546         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8547
8548     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8549         """
8550         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8551
8552         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8553         """
8554         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8555
8556     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8557         """
8558         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8559
8560         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8561         """
8562         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8563
8564     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8565         """
8566         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8567
8568         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8569         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8570         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8571         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8572         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8573         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8574         hotkey was registered successfully.
8575         """
8576         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8577
8578     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8579         """
8580         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8581
8582         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8583         """
8584         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8585
8586     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8587         """
8588         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8589
8590         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8591         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8592         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8593         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8594         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8595         then divided by 8.
8596         """
8597         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8598
8599     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8600         """
8601         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8602
8603         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8604         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8605         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8606         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8607         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8608         then divided by 8.
8609         """
8610         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8611
8612     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8613         """
8614         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8615
8616         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8617         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8618         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8619         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8620         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8621         then divided by 8.
8622         """
8623         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8624
8625     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8626         """
8627         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8628
8629         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8630         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8631         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8632         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8633         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8634         then divided by 8.
8635         """
8636         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8637
8638     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8639         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8640         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8641
8642     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8643         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8644         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8645
8646     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8647         """
8648         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8649
8650         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8651
8652         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8653         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8654         """
8655         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8656
8657     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8658         """
8659         CaptureMouse(self)
8660
8661         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8662         release the capture.
8663
8664         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8665         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8666         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8667         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8668         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8669         """
8670         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8671
8672     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8673         """
8674         ReleaseMouse(self)
8675
8676         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8677         """
8678         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8679
8680     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8681         """
8682         GetCapture() -> Window
8683
8684         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8685         """
8686         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8687
8688     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8689     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8690         """
8691         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8692
8693         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8694         """
8695         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8696
8697     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8698         """
8699         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8700
8701         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8702         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8703         to the window.
8704         """
8705         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8706
8707     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8708         """
8709         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8710
8711         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8712         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8713         """
8714         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8715
8716     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8717         """
8718         Update(self)
8719
8720         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8721         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8722         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8723         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8724         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8725         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8726         it) unconditionally.
8727         """
8728         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8729
8730     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8731         """
8732         ClearBackground(self)
8733
8734         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8735         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8736         """
8737         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8738
8739     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8740         """
8741         Freeze(self)
8742
8743         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8744         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8745         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8746         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8747         been undone.
8748
8749         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8750         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8751         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8752         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8753         mandatory directive.
8754         """
8755         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8756
8757     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8758         """
8759         Thaw(self)
8760
8761         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8762         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8763         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8764         """
8765         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8766
8767     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8768         """
8769         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8770
8771         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8772         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8773         scroll position.
8774         """
8775         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8776
8777     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8778         """
8779         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8780
8781         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8782         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8783         """
8784         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8785
8786     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8787         """
8788         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8789
8790         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8791         """
8792         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8793
8794     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8795         """
8796         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8797
8798         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8799         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8800         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8801         exposed.
8802         """
8803         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8804
8805     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8806         """
8807         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8808
8809         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8810         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8811         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8812         exposed.
8813         """
8814         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8815
8816     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8817         """
8818         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8819
8820         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8821         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8822         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8823         exposed.
8824         """
8825         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8826
8827     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8828         """
8829         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8830
8831         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8832         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8833         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8834         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8835         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8836         """
8837         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8838
8839     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8840         """
8841         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8842
8843         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8844         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8845         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8846         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8847         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8848
8849         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8850         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8851         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8852         this.
8853         """
8854         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8855
8856     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8857     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8858         """
8859         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8860
8861         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8862         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8863         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8864         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8865         to the default background colour.
8866
8867         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8868         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8869         calling this function.
8870
8871         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8872         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8873         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8874         applications on the system.
8875         """
8876         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8877
8878     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8879         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8880         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8881
8882     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8883         """
8884         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8885
8886         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8887         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8888         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8889         not be used at all.
8890         """
8891         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8892
8893     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8894         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8895         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8896
8897     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8898         """
8899         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8900
8901         Returns the background colour of the window.
8902         """
8903         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8904
8905     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8906         """
8907         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8908
8909         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8910         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8911         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8912         """
8913         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8914
8915     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8916         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8917         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8918
8919     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8920         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8921         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8922
8923     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8924         """
8925         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8926
8927         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8928         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8929
8930             ======================  ========================================
8931             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8932                                     be determined by the system
8933             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8934             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8935                                     application.
8936             ======================  ========================================
8937
8938         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8939         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8940         no effect on other platforms.
8941
8942         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8943         """
8944         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8945
8946     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8947         """
8948         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8949
8950         Returns the background style of the window.
8951
8952         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8953         """
8954         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8955
8956     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8957         """
8958         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8959
8960         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8961         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8962         background.
8963
8964         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8965         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8966         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8967         correctly.
8968         """
8969         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8970
8971     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8972         """
8973         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8974
8975         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8976         for the children of the window implicitly.
8977
8978         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8979         be reset back to default.
8980         """
8981         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8982
8983     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8984         """
8985         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8986
8987         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8988         """
8989         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8990
8991     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8992         """
8993         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
8994
8995         Sets the font for this window.
8996         """
8997         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
8998
8999     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9000         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9001         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9002
9003     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9004         """
9005         GetFont(self) -> Font
9006
9007         Returns the default font used for this window.
9008         """
9009         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9010
9011     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9012         """
9013         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9014
9015         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9016         """
9017         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9018
9019     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9020         """
9021         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9022
9023         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9024         """
9025         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9026
9027     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9028         """
9029         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9030
9031         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9032         """
9033         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9034
9035     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9036         """
9037         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9038
9039         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9040         """
9041         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9042
9043     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9044         """
9045         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9046
9047         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9048         """
9049         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9050
9051     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9052         """
9053         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9054            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9055
9056         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9057         current or specified font.
9058         """
9059         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9060
9061     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9062         """
9063         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9064
9065         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9066         """
9067         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9068
9069     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9070         """
9071         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9072
9073         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9074         """
9075         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9076
9077     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9078         """
9079         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9080
9081         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9082         """
9083         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9084
9085     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9086         """
9087         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9088
9089         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9090         """
9091         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9092
9093     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9094         """
9095         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9096
9097         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9098         """
9099         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9100
9101     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9102         """
9103         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9104
9105         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9106         """
9107         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9108
9109     def GetBorder(*args):
9110         """
9111         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9112         GetBorder(self) -> int
9113
9114         Get border for the flags of this window
9115         """
9116         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9117
9118     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9119         """
9120         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9121
9122         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9123         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9124         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9125         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9126         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9127         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9128         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9129         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9130         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9131         in idle time.
9132         """
9133         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9134
9135     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9136         """
9137         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9138
9139         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9140         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9141         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9142         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9143         mouse cursor will be used.
9144         """
9145         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9146
9147     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9148         """
9149         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9150
9151         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9152         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9153         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9154         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9155         mouse cursor will be used.
9156         """
9157         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9158
9159     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9160         """
9161         GetHandle(self) -> long
9162
9163         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9164         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9165         toplevel parent of the window.
9166         """
9167         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9168
9169     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9170         """
9171         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9172
9173         Associate the window with a new native handle
9174         """
9175         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9176
9177     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9178         """
9179         DissociateHandle(self)
9180
9181         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9182         """
9183         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9184
9185     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9186         """
9187         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9188
9189         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9190         """
9191         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9192
9193     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9194         """
9195         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9196             bool refresh=True)
9197
9198         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9199         """
9200         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9201
9202     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9203         """
9204         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9205
9206         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9207         """
9208         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9209
9210     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9211         """
9212         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9213
9214         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9215         """
9216         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9217
9218     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9219         """
9220         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9221
9222         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9223         """
9224         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9225
9226     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9227         """
9228         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9229
9230         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9231         """
9232         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9233
9234     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9235         """
9236         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9237
9238         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9239         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9240         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9241         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9242         """
9243         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9244
9245     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9246         """
9247         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9248
9249         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9250         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9251         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9252         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9253         """
9254         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9255
9256     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9257         """
9258         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9259
9260         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9261         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9262         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9263         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9264         """
9265         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9266
9267     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9268         """
9269         LineUp(self) -> bool
9270
9271         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9272         """
9273         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9274
9275     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9276         """
9277         LineDown(self) -> bool
9278
9279         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9280         """
9281         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9282
9283     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9284         """
9285         PageUp(self) -> bool
9286
9287         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9288         """
9289         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9290
9291     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9292         """
9293         PageDown(self) -> bool
9294
9295         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9296         """
9297         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9298
9299     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9300         """
9301         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9302
9303         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9304         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9305         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9306         """
9307         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9308
9309     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9310         """
9311         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9312
9313         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9314         one.
9315         """
9316         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9317
9318     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9319         """
9320         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9321
9322         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9323         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9324         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9325         """
9326         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9327
9328     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9329         """
9330         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9331
9332         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9333         """
9334         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9335
9336     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9337         """
9338         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9339
9340         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9341         """
9342         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9343
9344     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9345         """
9346         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9347
9348         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9349         """
9350         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9351
9352     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9353         """
9354         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9355
9356         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9357         a drop target, it is deleted.
9358         """
9359         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9360
9361     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9362         """
9363         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9364
9365         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9366         """
9367         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9372
9373         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9374         Only functional on Windows.
9375         """
9376         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9377
9378     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9379         """
9380         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9381
9382         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9383         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9384         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9385         constraints.
9386
9387         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9388         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9389         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9390         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9391         effect.
9392         """
9393         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9394
9395     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9396         """
9397         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9398
9399         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9400         are none.
9401         """
9402         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9403
9404     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9405         """
9406         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9407
9408         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9409         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9410         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9411         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9412
9413         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9414         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9415         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9416         """
9417         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9418
9419     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9420         """
9421         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9422
9423         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9424         """
9425         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9426
9427     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9428         """
9429         Layout(self) -> bool
9430
9431         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9432         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9433         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9434         handler when the window is resized.
9435         """
9436         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9437
9438     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9439         """
9440         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9441
9442         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9443         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9444         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9445         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9446         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9447         non-None, and False otherwise.
9448         """
9449         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9450
9451     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9452         """
9453         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9454
9455         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9456         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9457         """
9458         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9459
9460     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9461         """
9462         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9463
9464         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9465         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9466         """
9467         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9468
9469     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9470         """
9471         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9472
9473         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9474         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9475         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9482
9483         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9484         """
9485         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9486
9487     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9488         """
9489         InheritAttributes(self)
9490
9491         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9492         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9493         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9494         colours.
9495
9496         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9497         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9498         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9499         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9500         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9501         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9502         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9503         no matter what and only the font might.
9504
9505         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9506         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9507         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9508         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9509         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9510         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9511         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9512         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9513         parents attributes.
9514
9515         """
9516         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9517
9518     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9519         """
9520         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9521
9522         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9523         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9524         from the parent window.
9525
9526         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9527         wxControl where it returns true.
9528         """
9529         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9530
9531     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9532         """
9533         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9534         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9535         """
9536         self.this = pre.this
9537         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9538         pre.thisown = 0
9539         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9540             self._setOORInfo(self)
9541         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9542             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9543
9544     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9545         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9546
9547 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9548
9549 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9550     """
9551     PreWindow() -> Window
9552
9553     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9554     """
9555     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9556     return val
9557
9558 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9559   """
9560     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9561
9562     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9563     """
9564   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9565
9566 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9567   """
9568     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9569
9570     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9571     autogenerated) id
9572     """
9573   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9574
9575 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9576   """
9577     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9578
9579     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9580     autogenerated) id
9581     """
9582   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9583
9584 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9585   """
9586     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9587
9588     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9589     or None.
9590     """
9591   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9592
9593 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9594   """
9595     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9596
9597     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9598     """
9599   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9600
9601 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9602   """
9603     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9604
9605     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9606     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9607     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9608     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9609     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9610
9611     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9612     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9613     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9614     this.
9615     """
9616   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9617
9618 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9619     """
9620     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9621     dialog units to pixel units.
9622     """
9623     if y is None:
9624         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9625     else:
9626         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9627
9628 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9629     """
9630     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9631     dialog units to pixel units.
9632     """
9633     if height is None:
9634         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9635     else:
9636         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9637
9638
9639 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9640   """
9641     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9642
9643     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9644     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9645     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9646     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9647     """
9648   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9651   """
9652     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9653
9654     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9655     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9656     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9657     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9658     cases.
9659
9660     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9661     """
9662   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9663
9664 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9665   """
9666     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9667
9668     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9669     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9670     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9671     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9672     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9673     """
9674   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9675
9676 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9677   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9678   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9679
9680 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9681   """
9682     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9683
9684     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9685     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9686     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9687     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9688
9689     """
9690   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9692
9693 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9694     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9695     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9696     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9697     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9698         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9699         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9700         self._setOORInfo(self)
9701
9702     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9703         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9704         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9705
9706     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9707         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9708         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9709
9710     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9711         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9712         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9713
9714     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9715         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9716         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9717
9718     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9719         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9720         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9721
9722     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9723         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9724         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9725
9726     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9727         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9728         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9729
9730     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9731     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9732         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9733         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9736 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9737
9738 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9739   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9740   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9741
9742 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9743   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9744   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9745
9746 class PyValidator(Validator):
9747     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9748     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9749     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9750     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9751         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9752         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9753
9754         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9755         self._setOORInfo(self)
9756
9757     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9758         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9759         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9760
9761 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9762
9763 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9764
9765 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9766     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9767     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9768     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9769     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9770         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9771         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9772         self._setOORInfo(self)
9773
9774     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9775         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9776         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9777
9778     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9779         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9780         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9781
9782     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9783         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9784         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9785
9786     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9787         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9788         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9789
9790     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9791         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9792         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9793
9794     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9795         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9796         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9797
9798     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9799         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9800         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9801
9802     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9803         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9804         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9805
9806     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9807         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9808         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9809
9810     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9811         """Break(self)"""
9812         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9813
9814     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9815         """
9816         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9817             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9818         """
9819         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9820
9821     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9822         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9823         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9824
9825     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9826         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9827         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9828
9829     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9830         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9831         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9832
9833     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9834         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9835         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9836
9837     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9838         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9839         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9840
9841     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9842         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9843         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9844
9845     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9846         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9847         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9848
9849     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9850         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9851         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9854         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9855         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9856
9857     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9858         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9859         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9860
9861     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9862         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9863         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9864
9865     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9866         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9867         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9868
9869     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9870         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9871         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9872
9873     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9874         """
9875         Destroy(self)
9876
9877         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9878         """
9879         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9880         args[0].thisown = 0
9881         return val
9882
9883     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9884         """
9885         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9886
9887         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9888         """
9889         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9890         args[0].thisown = 0
9891         return val
9892
9893     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9894         """
9895         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9896
9897         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9898         """
9899         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9900         args[0].thisown = 0
9901         return val
9902
9903     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9904         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9905         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9906
9907     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9908         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9909         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9910
9911     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9912         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9913         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9914
9915     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9916         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9917         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9918
9919     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9920         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9921         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9922
9923     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9924         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9925         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9926
9927     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9928         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9929         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9930
9931     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9932         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9933         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9934
9935     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9936         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9937         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9938
9939     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9940         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9941         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9942
9943     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9944         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9945         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9946
9947     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9948         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9949         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9950
9951     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9952         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9953         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9954
9955     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9956         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9957         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9958
9959     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9960         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9961         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9962
9963     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9964         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9965         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9966
9967     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9968         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9969         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9970
9971     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9972         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9973         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9974
9975     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9976         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
9977         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9978
9979     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9980         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
9981         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9982
9983     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
9984         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
9985         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
9986
9987     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
9988         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
9989         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
9990
9991     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
9992         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
9993         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
9994
9995     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
9996         """Detach(self)"""
9997         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
9998
9999     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10000         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10001         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10002
10003     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10004         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10005         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10006
10007     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10008         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10009         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10010
10011 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10012 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10013
10014 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10015
10016 class MenuBar(Window):
10017     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10018     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10019     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10020     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10021         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10022         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10023         self._setOORInfo(self)
10024
10025     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10026         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10027         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10028
10029     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10030         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10031         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10032
10033     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10034         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10035         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10036
10037     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10038         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10039         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10040
10041     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10042         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10043         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10044
10045     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10046         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10047         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10048
10049     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10050         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10051         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10052
10053     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10054         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10055         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10056
10057     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10058         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10059         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10060
10061     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10062         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10063         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10064
10065     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10066         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10067         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10068
10069     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10070         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10071         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10072
10073     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10074         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10075         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10076
10077     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10078         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10079         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10080
10081     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10082         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10083         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10084
10085     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10086         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10087         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10088
10089     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10090         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10091         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10092
10093     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10094         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10095         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10096
10097     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10098         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10099         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10100
10101     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10102         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10103         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10104
10105     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10106         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10107         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10108
10109     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10110         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10111         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10112
10113     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10114         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10115         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10116
10117     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10118         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10119         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10120
10121     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10122         """Detach(self)"""
10123         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10124
10125     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10126         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10127         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10128
10129     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10130     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10131         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10132         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10133
10134     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10135 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10136
10137 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10138   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10139   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10140
10141 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10142   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10143   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10144
10145 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10146
10147 class MenuItem(Object):
10148     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10149     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10150     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10151     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10152         """
10153         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10154             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10155             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10156         """
10157         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10158     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10159     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10160     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10161         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10162         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10163
10164     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10165         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10166         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10167
10168     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10169         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10170         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10171
10172     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10173         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10174         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10175
10176     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10177         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10178         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10179
10180     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10181         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10182         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10183
10184     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10185         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10186         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10187
10188     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10189         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10190         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10191
10192     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10193         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10194         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10195
10196     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10197     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10198         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10199         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10202         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10203         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10204
10205     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10206         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10207         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10208
10209     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10210         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10211         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10212
10213     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10214         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10215         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10216
10217     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10218         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10219         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10220
10221     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10222         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10223         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10224
10225     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10226         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10227         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10228
10229     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10230         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10231         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10232
10233     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10234         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10235         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10236
10237     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10238         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10239         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10240
10241     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10242         """Toggle(self)"""
10243         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10244
10245     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10246         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10247         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10248
10249     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10250         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10251         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10252
10253     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10254         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10255         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10256
10257     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10258         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10259         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10260
10261     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10262         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10263         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10264
10265     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10266         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10267         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10268
10269     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10270         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10271         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10272
10273     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10274         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10275         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10276
10277     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10278         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10279         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10280
10281     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10282         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10283         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10284
10285     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10286         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10287         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10288
10289     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10290         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10291         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10292
10293     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10294         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10295         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10296
10297     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10298         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10299         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10300
10301     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10302         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10303         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10304
10305     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10306         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10307         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10310         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10311         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10315         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10316
10317     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10318     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10319         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10320         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10321
10322     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10323         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10324         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10327         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10328         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10329
10330 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10331
10332 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10333   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10334   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10337   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10338   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10339
10340 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10341
10342 class Control(Window):
10343     """
10344     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10345
10346     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10347     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10348     """
10349     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10350     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10351     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10352         """
10353         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10354             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10355             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10356
10357         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10358         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10359         """
10360         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10361         self._setOORInfo(self)
10362
10363     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10364         """
10365         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10366             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10367             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10368
10369         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10370         """
10371         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10372
10373     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10374         """
10375         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10376
10377         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10378
10379         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10380
10381         """
10382         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10383
10384     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10385         """
10386         GetLabel(self) -> String
10387
10388         Return a control's text.
10389         """
10390         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10391
10392     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10393         """
10394         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10395
10396         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10397         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10398         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10399         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10400         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10401
10402         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10403         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10404         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10405         this.
10406         """
10407         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10408
10409     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10410 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10411 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10412
10413 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10414     """
10415     PreControl() -> Control
10416
10417     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10418     """
10419     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10420     return val
10421
10422 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10423   """
10424     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10425
10426     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10427     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10428     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10429     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10430     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10431
10432     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10433     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10434     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10435     this.
10436     """
10437   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10438
10439 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10440
10441 class ItemContainer(object):
10442     """
10443     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10444     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10445     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10446     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10447     this one.
10448
10449     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10450     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10451     all conform to the same interface.
10452
10453     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10454     optionally, client data associated with them.
10455
10456     """
10457     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10458     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10459     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10460     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10461         """
10462         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10463
10464         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10465         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10466         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10467         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10468         """
10469         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10470
10471     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10472         """
10473         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10474
10475         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10476         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10477         need to add a lot of items.
10478         """
10479         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10480
10481     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10482         """
10483         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10484
10485         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10486         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10487         """
10488         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10489
10490     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10491         """
10492         Clear(self)
10493
10494         Removes all items from the control.
10495         """
10496         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """
10500         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10501
10502         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10503         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10504         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10505         than the number of items in the control.
10506         """
10507         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10508
10509     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10510         """
10511         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10512
10513         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10514         """
10515         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10516
10517     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10518         """
10519         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10520
10521         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10522         """
10523         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10524
10525     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """
10527         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10528
10529         Returns the number of items in the control.
10530         """
10531         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10532
10533     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10534         """
10535         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10536
10537         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10538         """
10539         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10540
10541     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10542         """
10543         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10544
10545         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10546         """
10547         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10548
10549     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10550         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10551         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10552
10553     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10554         """
10555         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10556
10557         Sets the label for the given item.
10558         """
10559         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10560
10561     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10562         """
10563         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10564
10565         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10566         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10567         found.
10568         """
10569         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10570
10571     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10572         """
10573         SetSelection(self, int n)
10574
10575         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10576         """
10577         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10578
10579     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10580         """
10581         GetSelection(self) -> int
10582
10583         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10584         is selected.
10585         """
10586         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10587
10588     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10589         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10590         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10591
10592     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10593         """
10594         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10595
10596         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10597         is selected.
10598         """
10599         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10600
10601     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10602         """
10603         Select(self, int n)
10604
10605         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10606         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10607         """
10608         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10609
10610 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10611
10612 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10613
10614 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10615     """
10616     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10617     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10618     that have items.
10619     """
10620     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10621     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10622     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10623 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10624
10625 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10626
10627 class SizerItem(Object):
10628     """
10629     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10630     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10631     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10632     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10633     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10634     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10635     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10636     layout.
10637
10638     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10639     """
10640     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10641     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10642     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10643         """
10644         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10645
10646         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10647         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10648
10649         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10650         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10651         methods are called.
10652
10653         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10654         """
10655         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10656     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10657     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10658     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10659         """
10660         DeleteWindows(self)
10661
10662         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10663         of item.
10664         """
10665         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10666
10667     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10668         """
10669         DetachSizer(self)
10670
10671         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10672         """
10673         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10674
10675     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10676         """
10677         GetSize(self) -> Size
10678
10679         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10680         """
10681         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10682
10683     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10684         """
10685         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10686
10687         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10688         needed by borders.
10689         """
10690         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """
10694         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10695
10696         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10697         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10698         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10699         account.
10700         """
10701         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10702
10703     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10704         """
10705         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10706
10707         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10708         """
10709         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10710
10711     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10712         """
10713         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10714
10715         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10716         added, if needed.
10717         """
10718         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10719
10720     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10721         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10722         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10723
10724     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10725         """
10726         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10727
10728         Set the ratio item attribute.
10729         """
10730         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10731
10732     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10733         """
10734         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10735
10736         Set the ratio item attribute.
10737         """
10738         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10739
10740     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10741         """
10742         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10743
10744         Set the ratio item attribute.
10745         """
10746         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10747
10748     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10749         """
10750         GetRatio(self) -> float
10751
10752         Set the ratio item attribute.
10753         """
10754         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10755
10756     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10757         """
10758         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10759
10760         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10761         """
10762         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10763
10764     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10765         """
10766         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10767
10768         Is this sizer item a window?
10769         """
10770         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10771
10772     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10773         """
10774         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10775
10776         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10777         """
10778         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10779
10780     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10781         """
10782         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10783
10784         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10785         """
10786         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10787
10788     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10789         """
10790         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10791
10792         Set the proportion value for this item.
10793         """
10794         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10795
10796     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10797         """
10798         GetProportion(self) -> int
10799
10800         Get the proportion value for this item.
10801         """
10802         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10803
10804     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10805     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10806     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10807         """
10808         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10809
10810         Set the flag value for this item.
10811         """
10812         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10813
10814     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10815         """
10816         GetFlag(self) -> int
10817
10818         Get the flag value for this item.
10819         """
10820         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10821
10822     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10823         """
10824         SetBorder(self, int border)
10825
10826         Set the border value for this item.
10827         """
10828         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10829
10830     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10831         """
10832         GetBorder(self) -> int
10833
10834         Get the border value for this item.
10835         """
10836         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """
10840         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10841
10842         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10843         """
10844         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10847         """
10848         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10849
10850         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10851         """
10852         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10853
10854     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10855         """
10856         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10857
10858         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10859         """
10860         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10863         """
10864         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10865
10866         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10867         """
10868         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10869
10870     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10871         """
10872         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10873
10874         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10875         """
10876         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10877
10878     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10879         """
10880         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10881
10882         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10883         """
10884         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10885
10886     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10887         """
10888         Show(self, bool show)
10889
10890         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10891         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10892         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10893         """
10894         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10895
10896     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10897         """
10898         IsShown(self) -> bool
10899
10900         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10901         """
10902         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10903
10904     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10905         """
10906         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10907
10908         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10909         """
10910         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10911
10912     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10913         """
10914         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10915
10916         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10917         isn't any.
10918         """
10919         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10920
10921     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10922         """
10923         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10924
10925         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10926         """
10927         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10928
10929 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10930
10931 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10932     """
10933     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10934         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10935
10936     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10937     """
10938     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10939     return val
10940
10941 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10942     """
10943     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10944         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10945
10946     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10947     """
10948     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10949     return val
10950
10951 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10952     """
10953     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10954         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10955
10956     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10957     """
10958     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10959     return val
10960
10961 class Sizer(Object):
10962     """
10963     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10964     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10965     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10966     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
10967     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10968
10969     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10970     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10971     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10972     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
10973     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
10974     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
10975     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
10976     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
10977     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
10978     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
10979     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
10980     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
10981     compared to a real window on screen.
10982
10983     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
10984     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
10985     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
10986     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
10987     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
10988     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
10989     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
10990     """
10991     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10992     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10993     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10994     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
10995     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10996     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10997         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
10998         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10999
11000     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11001         """
11002         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11003             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11004
11005         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11006         """
11007         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11008
11009     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11010         """
11011         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11012             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11013
11014         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11015         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11016         """
11017         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11018
11019     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11020         """
11021         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11022             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11023
11024         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11025         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11026         """
11027         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11028
11029     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11030         """
11031         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11032
11033         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11034         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11035         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11036         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11037         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11038         and removed.
11039         """
11040         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11041
11042     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11043         """
11044         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11045
11046         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11047         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11048         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11049         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11050         was found and detached.
11051         """
11052         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11053
11054     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11055         """
11056         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11057
11058         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11059         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11060         the item to be found.
11061         """
11062         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11063
11064     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11065         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11066         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11067
11068     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11069         """
11070         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11071
11072         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11073         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11074         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11075         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11076         """
11077         if len(args) == 2:
11078             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11079             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11080         else:
11081             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11082
11083     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11084         """
11085         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11086
11087         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11088         """
11089         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11090
11091     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11092         """
11093         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11094
11095         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11096         """
11097         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11098
11099     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11100         """
11101         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11102
11103         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11104         """
11105         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11106
11107     def AddMany(self, items):
11108         """
11109         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11110         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11111         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11112         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11113         """
11114         for item in items:
11115             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11116                 item = (item, )
11117             self.Add(*item)
11118
11119     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11120     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11121         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11122         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11123     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11124         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11125         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11126     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11127         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11128         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11129
11130     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11131         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11132         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11133     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11134         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11135         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11136     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11137         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11138         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11139
11140     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11141         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11142         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11143     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11144         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11145         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11146     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11147         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11148         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11149
11150     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11151         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11152         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11153     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11154         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11155         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11156     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11157         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11158         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11159
11160
11161     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11162         """
11163         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11164
11165         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11166         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11167         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11168         methods.
11169         """
11170         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11171
11172     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11173         """
11174         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11175
11176         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11177         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11178         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11179         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11180         here, depending on which is bigger.
11181         """
11182         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11183
11184     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11185         """
11186         GetSize(self) -> Size
11187
11188         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11189         """
11190         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11191
11192     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11193         """
11194         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11195
11196         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11197         """
11198         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11199
11200     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11201         """
11202         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11203
11204         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11205         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11206         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11207         """
11208         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11209
11210     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11211         return self.GetSize().Get()
11212     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11213         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11214     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11215         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11216
11217     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11218         """
11219         RecalcSizes(self)
11220
11221         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11222         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11223         it is called by `Layout`.
11224         """
11225         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11226
11227     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11228         """
11229         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11230
11231         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11232         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11233         it is called by `Layout`.
11234         """
11235         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11236
11237     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11238         """
11239         Layout(self)
11240
11241         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11242         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11243         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11244         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11245         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11246         removed.
11247         """
11248         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11249
11250     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11251         """
11252         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11253
11254         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11255         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11256         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11257         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11258
11259         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11260         """
11261         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11262
11263     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11264         """
11265         FitInside(self, Window window)
11266
11267         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11268         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11269         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11270         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11271
11272         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11273
11274         """
11275         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11276
11277     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11278         """
11279         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11280
11281         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11282         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11283         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11284         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11285         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11286         required by the sizer.
11287         """
11288         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11289
11290     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11291         """
11292         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11293
11294         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11295         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11296         this will set them appropriately.
11297
11298         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11299
11300         """
11301         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11302
11303     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11304         """
11305         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11306
11307         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11308         as well.
11309         """
11310         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11311
11312     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11313         """
11314         DeleteWindows(self)
11315
11316         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11317         """
11318         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11319
11320     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11321         """
11322         GetChildren(self) -> list
11323
11324         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11325         """
11326         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11327
11328     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11329         """
11330         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11331
11332         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11333         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11334         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11335         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11336         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11337         """
11338         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11339
11340     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11341         """
11342         IsShown(self, item)
11343
11344         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11345         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11346         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11347         the item.
11348         """
11349         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11350
11351     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11352         """
11353         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11354         """
11355         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11356
11357     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11358         """
11359         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11360
11361         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11362         """
11363         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11364
11365 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11366
11367 class PySizer(Sizer):
11368     """
11369     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11370     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11371     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11372     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11373     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11374     For example::
11375
11376         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11377              def __init__(self):
11378                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11379
11380              def CalcMin(self):
11381                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11382                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11383                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11384                       # layout algorithm.
11385                       ...
11386                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11387
11388               def RecalcSizes(self):
11389                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11390                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11391                   size = self.GetSize()
11392                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11393                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11394                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11395                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11396                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11397                       ...
11398                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11399
11400
11401     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11402     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11403     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11404
11405     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11406
11407
11408     """
11409     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11410     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11411     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11412         """
11413         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11414
11415         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11416         class.
11417         """
11418         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11419         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11420
11421     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11422         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11423         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11424
11425 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11426
11427 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11428
11429 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11430     """
11431     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11432     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11433     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11434     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11435     parameter passed to the constructor.
11436     """
11437     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11438     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11439     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11440         """
11441         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11442
11443         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11444         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11445         sizer.
11446         """
11447         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11448         self._setOORInfo(self)
11449
11450     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11451         """
11452         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11453
11454         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11455         """
11456         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11457
11458     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11459         """
11460         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11461
11462         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11463         """
11464         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11465
11466 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11467
11468 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11469
11470 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11471     """
11472     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11473     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11474     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11475     passed to the sizer constructor.
11476     """
11477     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11478     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11479     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11480         """
11481         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11482
11483         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11484         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11485         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11486         """
11487         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11488         self._setOORInfo(self)
11489
11490     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11491         """
11492         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11493
11494         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11495         """
11496         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11497
11498 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11499
11500 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11501
11502 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11503     """
11504     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11505     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11506     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11507     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11508     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11509     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11510
11511     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11512     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11513     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11514     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11515     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11516     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11517
11518     """
11519     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11520     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11521     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11522         """
11523         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11524
11525         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11526         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11527         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11528         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11529         define extra space between all children.
11530         """
11531         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11532         self._setOORInfo(self)
11533
11534     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11535         """
11536         SetCols(self, int cols)
11537
11538         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11539         """
11540         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11541
11542     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11543         """
11544         SetRows(self, int rows)
11545
11546         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11547         """
11548         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11549
11550     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11551         """
11552         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11553
11554         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11555         """
11556         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11557
11558     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11559         """
11560         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11561
11562         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11563         """
11564         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11565
11566     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11567         """
11568         GetCols(self) -> int
11569
11570         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11571         """
11572         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11573
11574     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11575         """
11576         GetRows(self) -> int
11577
11578         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11579         """
11580         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11581
11582     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11583         """
11584         GetVGap(self) -> int
11585
11586         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11587         """
11588         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11589
11590     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11591         """
11592         GetHGap(self) -> int
11593
11594         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11595         """
11596         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11597
11598     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11599         """
11600         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11601
11602         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11603         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11604         in the constructor.
11605         """
11606         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11607         rows = self.GetRows()
11608         cols = self.GetCols()
11609         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11610         if cols != 0:
11611             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11612         elif rows != 0:
11613             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11614         return (rows, cols)
11615
11616 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11617
11618 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11619
11620 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11621 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11622 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11623 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11624     """
11625     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11626     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11627     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11628     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11629     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11630
11631     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11632     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11633     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11634     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11635     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11636     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11637
11638
11639     """
11640     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11641     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11642     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11643         """
11644         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11645
11646         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11647         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11648         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11649         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11650         define extra space between all children.
11651         """
11652         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11653         self._setOORInfo(self)
11654
11655     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11656         """
11657         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11658
11659         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11660         is extra space available to the sizer.
11661
11662         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11663         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11664         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11665         """
11666         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11667
11668     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11669         """
11670         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11671
11672         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11673         """
11674         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11675
11676     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11677         """
11678         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11679
11680         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11681         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11682
11683         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11684         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11685         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11686         """
11687         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11688
11689     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11690         """
11691         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11692
11693         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11694         """
11695         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11696
11697     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11698         """
11699         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11700
11701         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11702         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11703         other value is ignored.
11704
11705             ==============    =======================================
11706             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11707             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11708             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11709                               (this is the default value).
11710             ==============    =======================================
11711
11712         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11713
11714         """
11715         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11716
11717     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11718         """
11719         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11720
11721         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11722         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11723
11724         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11725         """
11726         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11727
11728     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11729         """
11730         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11731
11732         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11733         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11734         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11735
11736             ==========================  =================================================
11737             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11738             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11739                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11740                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11741                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11742             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11743                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11744                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11745             ==========================  =================================================
11746
11747         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11748
11749
11750         """
11751         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11752
11753     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11754         """
11755         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11756
11757         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11758         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11759
11760         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11761         """
11762         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11763
11764     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11765         """
11766         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11767
11768         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11769         rows in the sizer.
11770         """
11771         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11772
11773     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11774         """
11775         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11776
11777         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11778         columns in the sizer.
11779         """
11780         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11781
11782 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11783
11784 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11785     """
11786     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11787     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11788     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11789     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11790     will take care of the rest.
11791
11792     """
11793     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11794     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11795     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11796         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11797         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11798     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11799         """
11800         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11801
11802         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11803         method in the base class.
11804         """
11805         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11806
11807     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11808         """
11809         Realize(self)
11810
11811         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11812         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11813         specifc manner.
11814         """
11815         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11816
11817     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11818         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11819         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11820
11821     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11822         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11823         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11824
11825     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11826         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11827         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11828
11829     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11830         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11831         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11832
11833     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11834         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11835         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11836
11837     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11838         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11839         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11840
11841     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11842         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11843         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11844
11845     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11846         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11847         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11848
11849 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11850
11851 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11852
11853 class GBPosition(object):
11854     """
11855     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11856     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11857     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11858     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11859     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11860     """
11861     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11862     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11863     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11864         """
11865         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11866
11867         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11868         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11869         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11870         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11871         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11872         """
11873         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11874     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11875     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11876     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11877         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11878         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11879
11880     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11881         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11882         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11883
11884     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11885         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11886         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11887
11888     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11889         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11890         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11891
11892     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11893         """
11894         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11895
11896         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11897         """
11898         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11899
11900     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11901         """
11902         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11903
11904         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11905         """
11906         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11907
11908     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11909         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11910         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11911
11912     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11913         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11914         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11915
11916     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11917     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11918     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11919     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11920     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11921     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11922         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11923         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11924         else: raise IndexError
11925     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11926     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11927     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11928
11929     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11930     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11931
11932 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11933
11934 class GBSpan(object):
11935     """
11936     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11937     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11938     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11939     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11940     nearly transparently in Python code.
11941
11942     """
11943     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11944     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11945     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11946         """
11947         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11948
11949         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11950         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11951         cell in each direction.
11952         """
11953         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11954     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11955     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11956     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11957         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11958         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11959
11960     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11961         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11962         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11963
11964     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11965         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11966         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11967
11968     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11969         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11970         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11971
11972     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11973         """
11974         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11975
11976         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
11977         """
11978         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11979
11980     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11981         """
11982         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11983
11984         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
11985         """
11986         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11987
11988     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11989         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
11990         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11991
11992     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11993         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11994         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11995
11996     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11997     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11998     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
11999     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12000     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12001     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12002         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12003         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12004         else: raise IndexError
12005     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12006     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12007     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12008
12009     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12010     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12011
12012 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12013
12014 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12015     """
12016     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12017     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12018     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12019
12020     """
12021     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12022     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12023     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12024         """
12025         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12026
12027         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12028         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12029         item can be used in a Sizer.
12030
12031         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12032         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12033         """
12034         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12035     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12036     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12037     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12038         """
12039         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12040
12041         Get the grid position of the item
12042         """
12043         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12044
12045     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12046     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12047         """
12048         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12049
12050         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12051         """
12052         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12053
12054     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12055     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12056         """
12057         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12058
12059         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12060         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12061         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12062         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12063         """
12064         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12065
12066     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12067         """
12068         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12069
12070         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12071         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12072         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12073         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12074
12075         """
12076         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12077
12078     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12079         """
12080         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12081
12082         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12083         """
12084         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12085
12086     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12087         """
12088         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12089
12090         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12091         """
12092         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12093
12094     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12095         """
12096         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12097
12098         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12099         """
12100         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12101
12102     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12103         """
12104         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12105
12106         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12107         """
12108         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12109
12110     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12111         """
12112         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12113
12114         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12115         """
12116         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12117
12118 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12119 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12120
12121 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12122     """
12123     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12124         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12125
12126     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12127     """
12128     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12129     return val
12130
12131 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12132     """
12133     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12134         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12135
12136     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12137     """
12138     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12139     return val
12140
12141 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12142     """
12143     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12144         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12145
12146     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12147     """
12148     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12149     return val
12150
12151 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12152     """
12153     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12154     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12155     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12156     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12157     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12158     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12159
12160     """
12161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12164         """
12165         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12166
12167         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12168         rows and columns.
12169         """
12170         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12171         self._setOORInfo(self)
12172
12173     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12174         """
12175         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12176         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12177
12178         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12179         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12180         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12181
12182         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12183         position, False if something was already there.
12184
12185         """
12186         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12187
12188     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12189         """
12190         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12191
12192         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12193         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12194         something was already there.
12195         """
12196         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12197
12198     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12199         """
12200         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12201
12202         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12203         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12204         """
12205         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12206
12207     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12208         """
12209         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12210
12211         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12212         """
12213         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12214
12215     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12216         """
12217         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12218
12219         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12220         """
12221         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12222
12223     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12224         """
12225         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12226
12227         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12228         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12229         index of an item.
12230         """
12231         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12232
12233     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12234         """
12235         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12236
12237         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12238         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12239         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12240         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12241
12242         """
12243         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12244
12245     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12246         """
12247         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12248
12249         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12250         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12251         zero-based index of an item.
12252         """
12253         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12254
12255     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12256         """
12257         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12258
12259         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12260         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12261         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12262         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12263         """
12264         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12265
12266     def FindItem(*args):
12267         """
12268         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12269
12270         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12271         not found. (non-recursive)
12272         """
12273         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12274
12275     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12276         """
12277         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12278
12279         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12280         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12281         """
12282         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12283
12284     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12285         """
12286         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12287
12288         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12289         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12290         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12291         layout. (non-recursive)
12292         """
12293         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12294
12295     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12296         """
12297         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12298
12299         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12300         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12301         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12302         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12303         position of.
12304
12305         """
12306         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12307
12308     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12309         """
12310         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12311
12312         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12313         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12314         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12315         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12316         position of.
12317         """
12318         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12319
12320 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12321
12322 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12323
12324 Left = _core_.Left
12325 Top = _core_.Top
12326 Right = _core_.Right
12327 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12328 Width = _core_.Width
12329 Height = _core_.Height
12330 Centre = _core_.Centre
12331 Center = _core_.Center
12332 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12333 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12334 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12335 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12336 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12337 Above = _core_.Above
12338 Below = _core_.Below
12339 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12340 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12341 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12342 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12343 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12344     """
12345     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12346     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12347     You will never need to create an instance of
12348     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12349     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12350     that it contains.
12351     """
12352     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12353     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12354     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12355     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12356         """
12357         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12358
12359         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12360         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12361         """
12362         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12363
12364     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12365         """
12366         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12367
12368         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12369         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12370         other window.
12371         """
12372         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12373
12374     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12375         """
12376         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12377
12378         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12379         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12380         other window.
12381         """
12382         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12383
12384     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12385         """
12386         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12387
12388         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12389         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12390         window.
12391         """
12392         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12393
12394     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12395         """
12396         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12397
12398         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12399         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12400         window.
12401         """
12402         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12403
12404     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12405         """
12406         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12407
12408         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12409         given window, with an optional margin.
12410         """
12411         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12412
12413     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12414         """
12415         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12416
12417         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12418         window, with an optional margin.
12419         """
12420         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12421
12422     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12423         """
12424         Absolute(self, int val)
12425
12426         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12427         """
12428         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12429
12430     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12431         """
12432         Unconstrained(self)
12433
12434         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12435         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12436         """
12437         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12438
12439     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12440         """
12441         AsIs(self)
12442
12443         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12444         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12445         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12446         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12447         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12448         button label.
12449         """
12450         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12451
12452     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12453         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12454         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12455
12456     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12457         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12458         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12459
12460     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12461         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12462         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12463
12464     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12465         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12466         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12467
12468     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12469         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12470         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12471
12472     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12473         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12474         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12475
12476     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12477         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12478         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12479
12480     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12481         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12482         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12483
12484     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12485         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12486         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12487
12488     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12489         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12490         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12491
12492     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12493         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12494         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12495
12496     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12497         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12498         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12499
12500     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12501         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12502         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12503
12504     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12505         """
12506         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12507
12508         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12509         """
12510         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12511
12512     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12513         """
12514         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12515
12516         Try to satisfy constraint
12517         """
12518         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12519
12520     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12521         """
12522         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12523
12524         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12525         is not determinable, -1.
12526         """
12527         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12530
12531 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12532     """
12533     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12534     instead.
12535
12536     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12537     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12538
12539     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12540     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12541     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12542
12543         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12544         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12545         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12546         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12547         * width: represents the width of the window
12548         * height: represents the height of the window
12549         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12550         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12551
12552     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12553     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12554     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12555     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12556     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12557     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12558     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12559
12560     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12561
12562     """
12563     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12564     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12565     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12566     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12567     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12568     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12569     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12570     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12571     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12572     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12573     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12574         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12575         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12576     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12577     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12578     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12579         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12580         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12581
12582     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12583         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12584         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12585
12586 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12587
12588 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12589
12590 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12591 try:
12592     True
12593 except NameError:
12594     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12595     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12596     def bool(value): return not not value
12597     __builtins__.bool = bool
12598
12599
12600
12601 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12602 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12603 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12604 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12605
12606
12607 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12608 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12609 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12610
12611 from __version__ import *
12612 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12613
12614 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12615 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12616 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12617     import warnings
12618     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12619
12620 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12621
12622 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12623 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12624 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12625 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12626 #
12627 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12628 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12629 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12630 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12631 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12632 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12633
12634 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12635 if default == 'ascii':
12636     import locale
12637     import codecs
12638     try:
12639         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12640         codecs.lookup(default)
12641     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12642         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12643     del locale
12644     del codecs
12645 if default:
12646     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12647 del default
12648
12649 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12650
12651 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12652     pass
12653
12654 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12655     """
12656     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12657     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12658     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12659     """
12660     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12661     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12662
12663     def __repr__(self):
12664         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12665             self._name = "[unknown]"
12666         return self.reprStr % self._name
12667
12668     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12669         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12670             self._name = "[unknown]"
12671         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12672
12673     def __nonzero__(self):
12674         return 0
12675
12676
12677
12678 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12679     pass
12680
12681 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12682     """
12683     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12684     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12685     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12686     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12687     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12688     is ready.
12689     """
12690
12691     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12692     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12693
12694     def __repr__(self):
12695         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12696         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12697         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12698
12699     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12700         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12701         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12702         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12703
12704     def __nonzero__(self):
12705         return 0
12706
12707
12708 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12709
12710 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12711     """
12712     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12713     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12714     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12715     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12716
12717     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12718     """
12719     app = wx.GetApp()
12720     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12721
12722     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12723         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12724         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12725                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12726     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12727     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12728     evt.callable = callable
12729     evt.args = args
12730     evt.kw = kw
12731     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12732
12733 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12734
12735
12736 class FutureCall:
12737     """
12738     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12739     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12740     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12741     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12742
12743     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12744     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12745     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12746     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12747     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12748     object.
12749
12750     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12751     """
12752     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12753         self.millis = millis
12754         self.callable = callable
12755         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12756         self.runCount = 0
12757         self.running = False
12758         self.hasRun = False
12759         self.result = None
12760         self.timer = None
12761         self.Start()
12762
12763     def __del__(self):
12764         self.Stop()
12765
12766
12767     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12768         """
12769         (Re)start the timer
12770         """
12771         self.hasRun = False
12772         if millis is not None:
12773             self.millis = millis
12774         if args or kwargs:
12775             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12776         self.Stop()
12777         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12778         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12779         self.running = True
12780     Restart = Start
12781
12782
12783     def Stop(self):
12784         """
12785         Stop and destroy the timer.
12786         """
12787         if self.timer is not None:
12788             self.timer.Stop()
12789             self.timer = None
12790
12791
12792     def GetInterval(self):
12793         if self.timer is not None:
12794             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12795         else:
12796             return 0
12797
12798
12799     def IsRunning(self):
12800         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12801
12802
12803     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12804         """
12805         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12806         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12807         new call to the same callable object but with different
12808         parameters.
12809         """
12810         self.args = args
12811         self.kwargs = kwargs
12812
12813
12814     def HasRun(self):
12815         return self.hasRun
12816
12817     def GetResult(self):
12818         return self.result
12819
12820     def Notify(self):
12821         """
12822         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12823         """
12824         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12825             self.runCount += 1
12826             self.running = False
12827             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12828         self.hasRun = True
12829         if not self.running:
12830             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12831             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12832
12833
12834
12835 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12836 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12837 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12838 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12839 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12840 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12841 # where they should be used.
12842
12843 class __DocFilter:
12844     """
12845     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12846     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12847     """
12848     def __init__(self, globals):
12849         self._globals = globals
12850
12851     def __call__(self, name):
12852         import types
12853         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12854         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12855             return False
12856         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12857             return False
12858         return True
12859
12860 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12861 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12862
12863 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12864 # "core" wx namespace
12865 from _gdi import *
12866 from _windows import *
12867 from _controls import *
12868 from _misc import *
12869
12870 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12871 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12872
12873
12874